United States
          Environmental Protection
          Agency
             Office of Emergency and
             Remedial Response
             Washington DC 20460
EPA/540/G-88/003
OSWER Directive 9283.1-2
December 1988
          Superfund
&EPA
             on Remedial
Actions for
Contaminated Ground
Water at Superfund
Sites
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                                 I I  A
                                                               t'hu^:»ive 9283.1-2
                           ut  keii^ntitil                for
                                    at
                         Office of Emergency and Remedial Response
                           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                Washington, IDC
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                  Notice
  Development of this document was funded by the United States Environmental Protection Agency in part under contract
  No. 68-WB-0098 to CH2M HILL SOUTHEAST. It has been subjected to the Agency's review process and approved for
  publication as an EPA document.

  The policies and procedures set out in this document are intended solely for the guidance of response personnel. They
  are not intended, nor can they be relied upon, to create any rights, substantive or procedural, enforceable by any party
  in litigation with the United States. The Agency reserves the right to act at variance with these policies and procedures
  and to change them at any time without public notice.
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                           Executive Summary


  This document provides guidance for making key decisions in developing, evaluating, and  selecting ground-water
  remedial actions at Superfund  sites. It provides information that can be used in the process of investigating  and
  assessing remedial actions for contaminated ground water and may be considered a primer  on pertinent aspects of
  ground-water contamination that are important to the development of sound remedies.

  This guidance focuses on policy issues and the decision-making approach and highlights key considerations to be
  addressed during the remedy selection  process.  The statutory and policy framework presented here for ground-water
  remedial actions was drawn from the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response, Compensation, and  Liability Act
  (CERCLA) as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA)-henceforth referred to as
  CERCLA—and program policies to implement these acts.

  The goal of Superfund ground-water remediation is to protect human health and the environment by restoring ground
  water to its beneficial uses within  a reasonable time frame, given  the particular site circumstances. CERCLA requires
  that  remedial actions protect human  health and the environment, meet  applicable or  relevant and appropriate
  requirements (ARARs) as established by  Federal and State standards, and be cost-effective.  CERCLA also requires
  the selection  of remedies that use permanent solutions and treatment technologies or resource recovery technologies
  to the maximum extent practicable and expresses a preference for the selection of remedies  that use treatment  that
  permanently and significantly reduces the  mobility, toxicity, or volume of hazardous substances as a principal element.

  The Ground-Water Protection Strategy (U.S.  EPA, 1984)  plays an important role in the ground-water  remedial action
  decision-making process because the Superfund  program generally applies the basic framework outlined in the strategy
  for protecting ground water according to its current and future vulnerability, use, and value. The ground-water remedial
  action approach presented in this document is consistent with the  Ground-Water Protection Strategy and with the
  development, evaluation, and selection of remedial alternatives linked to the characteristics of  the ground water.

  When remediating ground water, potential ARARs of other regulations must be met unless a waiver is used. For ground
  water, the main sources of these  requirements are the  Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Safe Drinking
  Water Act, and the Clean Water Act.

  Before initiating remedial  investigation/feasibility study  (RI/FS) activities,  site management planning should be
  conducted. This planning identifies potential removal actions and operable units and their optimal sequence and timing.
  Site management planning is a dynamic process in which refinements continue to be made throughout the RI/FS
  process as a better understanding  of the  site  is obtained. At  the same time that site management planning is
  conducted, scoping also occurs, during which data collection activities that will take place during the RI/FS are planned.

  Cleanup levels for ground water are selected to maintain the ground water's beneficial uses. If the ground water is
  potentially drinkable, cleanup levels are determined according to health-based standards for drinking water. If the ground
  water discharges
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                    Executive Summary (continued)

  into an aquatic habitat, cleanup levels may be based on those protective of aquatic life. Aggregate effects of multiple
  contaminants found in ground water should be assessed to ensure that risks do not exceed protective levels.

  Remedial action objectives are developed after site characterization. Remedial action objectives specify the area of
  attainment, the restoration time frame, and cleanup levels. Cleanup levels should  be achieved throughout the area of
  attainment as quickly as is practicable considering the particular site circumstances. Factors that affect the restoration
  time frame include technical feasibility, feasibility of providing an alternate water supply, the potential use and value of
  the ground water, institutional controls, and the ability to monitor and control the movement of ground water. The area
  of attainment includes the entire ground-water plume except for the area directly beneath any waste that is  contained
  and managed  onsite. (Though property ownership may increase the flexibility for extending the restoration time frame,
  it does not affect the specification of the area of attainment over which cleanup levels must be achieved.)

  Several types of remedial action alternatives that span a range of technologies and restoration time frames  should be
  developed early in the FS process. Potential response approaches include the following:

      !   An active  restoration alternative that reduces contaminant levels to required  cleanup levels in the minimal time
          feasible

      !   Additional active restoration alternatives that achieve cleanup levels over longer time frames

      !   A plume containment alternative that prevents expansion of the plume

      !   A natural attenuation alternative that includes institutional controls and  monitoring

      !   An alternative involving wellhead treatment or provision of an alternate water supply and institutional controls
          when  active restoration is not practicable

  The  remedial  action alternatives  should be developed  and screened on the basis of general considerations  of
  effectiveness,  implementability, and cost. Best professional judgment should be used to identify those remedies that
  meet the remedial action objectives for the site and are not disproportionately costly.  Preference  should be given to
  alternatives that provide the most rapid restoration  that can  be achieved practicably.

  A detailed analysis of alternatives should be conducted using the following criteria:

      !   Overall protection of human health and the environment

      !   Compliance with ARARs-waivers to ARARs are listed  in CERCLA and may be warranted under specific
          conditions

      !   Long-term effectiveness and permanence

      !   Reduction of mobility, toxicity, or volume

      !   Short-term effectiveness

      !   Implementability

      !   Cost

      !   State  acceptance

      !   Community acceptance
                                                       iv

Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                    Executive Summary (continued)


      A remedy is selected from alternatives that undergo a detailed analysis and is determined to provide adequate
      protection of human health and the environment, to attain ARARs, or to provide grounds for invoking a waiver.
      Within these bounds, the remedy is to be cost-effective, providing overall effectiveness that is proportional to
      cost. The  selected remedy will  be the  alternative  found  to provide  the  best balance of tradeoffs among
      alternatives in terms of the nine evaluation criteria listed above. This remedy  represents the maximum extent
      to which permanent solutions and treatment technologies can be used practicably.

      Often, the success of a ground-water remedial action is difficult to predict until the action has been initiated and
      operational data have been assessed. Because of the uncertainties in characterizing contaminated ground
      water, remedial actions often are selected on the basis of limited data.  This guidance promotes a flexible
      decision-making process for ground-water remedial actions to accommodate these uncertainties and resolve
      the differences between design and actual performance. For sites at which  actual performance lags behind
      design performance, as measured by contaminant mass removal, for example, a determination should be made
      to (1) continue the existing remedial action and revise the remedial action objectives for the site, (2)  upgrade
      or replace the selected remedy to meet the remedial action objectives, or (3) terminate the remedial action if
      there is no longer a threat to human health or the environment. Fundamental changes in the remedial action
      require modification of the Record of Decision (ROD).

      Appendix A to this guidance document presents a case study,  or hypothetical scenario, to demonstrate key
      features of the ground-water remedial action decision process. The study focuses on the decisions that must
      be made during the RI/FS and the pertinent factors affecting  evaluation of alternatives  and selection of a
      ground-water remedy.

      Appendix B presents the framework of EPA's policy for investigating and remediating multiple source plumes,
      i.e., plumes caused by multiple sites (some of which are not necessarily  Superfund sites). The  strategy
      identifies which actions might be accomplished by PRPs; it also includes schedules for enforcement functions
      necessary to support PRP action.

      Appendix C describes the contents of a ROD that supports an interim action. Although RODs for interim actions
      need to adequately describe the rationale for the action and how the statutory criteria are met, such RODs will
      often be less detailed than the RODs  prepared for final remedial actions.

      Appendix D presents two basic ground-water equations that can be used to estimate the restoration time frame.

      Appendix E lists standards and health-based criteria that may be pertinent in setting preliminary cleanup levels.
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                  Contents
                                                                                                         Page

Executive Summary  	  iii
Exhibits  	x
Figures   	  xi
Tables 	xii
List of Acronyms  	xiii
List of Definitions  	xv
Acknowledgments   	  xvii

    1.  Introduction   	  1-1
       1.1   Purpose and Objectives  	  1-1
       1.2   Overview of the Remedial Process	  1-1
       1.3   Other EPA Guidance Documents Pertinent to Ground-Water
             Remedial Actions Under Superfund  	  1-2
       1.4   Organization of This Document  	  1-2

    2.  Statutory and Policy Framework for Ground-Water Remedial Alternatives   	  2-1
       2.1   Introduction  	  2-1
       2.2   Requirements and Provisions of CERCLA and the NCP   	  2-1
             2.2.1     Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements  	  2-2
             2.2.2     Use of Permanent Solutions and Treatment Technologies to the Maximum
                      Extent Practicable   	  2-2
             2.2.3     Preference for Treatment as a Principal Element  	  2-2
             2.2.4     CERCLA Restrictions on Establishing ACLs  	  2-2
             2.2.5     Funding Remedial Actions	  2-4
             2.2.6     Evaluating Remedial Action Performance  	  2-4
       2.3   The EPA's Ground-Water Protection Strategy and Classification Guidelines  	  2-4
       2.4   Application of RCRA to Ground-Water Remediation   	  2-5
             2.4.1     The Land Disposal Restrictions  	  2-5
             2.4.2     The RCRA Ground-Water Monitoring and Response Program  	  2-8
             2.4.3     The Subpart S Regulations   	  2-9
       2.5   The Safe Drinking Water Act   	  2-9
       2.6   The Clean Water Act  	  2-10

    3.  Scoping Ground-Water Remedial Activities  	  3-1
       3.1   Introduction  	  3-1
       3.2   Site Management Planning  	  3-1
             3.2.1     Removal Actions  	  3-1
             3.2.2     Operable Units  	  3-4
       3.3   Project Planning-Data Collection Activities  	  3-7
             3.3.1     Characterization of the Hydrogeology 	  3-11
             3.3.2     Characterization of Contamination   	  3-12
                                                      vii

 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                          Contents (continued)


                                                                                                         Page

            3.3.3     Analysis of Plume Movement and Response  	  3-13
            3.3.4     Assessment of Design Parameters for Potential Treatment
                     Technologies   	  3-14
            3.3.5     Technical Uncertainty  	  3-14

  4.  Establishing Preliminary Cleanup Levels 	  4-1
      4.1    Introduction 	  4-1
      4.2   Determination of Cleanup Levels  	  4-1
            4.2.1     Process	  4-1
            4.2.2     One Source of Common Health-Based Criteria: The Integrated Risk
                     Information System	  4-2
      4.3   Derivation of Chemical-Specific ARARs and TBCs   	  4-3
            4.3.1     Maximum Contaminant Levels 	  4-3
            4.3.2     Promulgated State Standard  	  4-3
            4.3.3     Risk-Specific Doses for Carcinogens  	  4-6
            4.3.4     Reference Doses  	  4-6
            4.3.5     Health Advisories  	  4-6
            4.3.6     Maximum Contaminant Level Goals  	  4-6
            4.3.7     Water Quality Criteria  	  4-7
      4.4   Assessment of Aggregate Effects 	  4-7
      4.5   Alternate Concentration  Limits  	  4-8
      4.6   Summary  	  4-10

  5.  Developing Remedial Alternatives  	  5-1
      5.1    Introduction 	  5-1
      5.2   Remedial Action Objectives  	  5-1
            5.2.1     Area of Attainment   	  5-1
            5.2.2     Restoration Time Frame   	  5-2
      5.3   General Response Actions  	  5-4
            5.3.1     Active Restoration   	  5-4
            5.3.2     Plume Containment or Gradient Control  	  5-7
            5.3.3     Limited or No Active Response   	  5-7
      5.4   Formulating and Screening Alternatives 	  5-9
            5.4.1     Ground Water That Is A Current or Potential Source of Drinking Water  	  5-9
            5.4.2     Ground Water That Is Not Current or Potential Drinking Water  	  5-11

  6.  Detailed Analysis of Alternatives and Selection of Remedy 	  6-1
      6.1    Introduction 	  6-1
      6.2   Evaluation Criteria   	  6-1
            6.2.1     Overall Protection of Human Health and the Environment  	  6-1
            6.2.2     Compliance with ARARs  	  6-1
            6.2.3     Long-Term Effectiveness and Permanence   	  6-3
            6.2.4     Reduction of Mobility, Toxicity, or Volume   	  6-3
            6.2.5     Short-Term Effectiveness	  6-3
            6.2.6     Implementability  	  6-3
            6.2.7     Cost  	  6-4
            6.2.8     State Acceptance 	  6-4
            6.2.9     Community Acceptance   	  6-4
      6.3   Selection of Remedy  	  6-4


                                                     viii

Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                           Contents (continued)


                                                                                                        Page


    7.  Evaluating Performance and Modifying Remedial Actions 	  7-1
       7.1   Introduction 	  7-1
       7.2   Modifying Decisions	  7-1
       7.3   Modifications to Records of Decision 	  7-1
       7.4   Performance Monitoring  	  7-4
             7.4.1     Well Locations  	  7-4
             7.4.2     Sampling Duration and Frequency  	  7-4
             7.4.3     Source Control Monitoring 	  7-4

References  	  8-1

Appendix A.  Case Study With Site Variations	A-1

Appendix B.  Strategy for Addressing Ground-Water Contamination From Multiple Sources Involving
             Superfund Sites	B-1

Appendix C.  Documenting an Interim Action  	C-1

Appendix D.  Basic Ground-Water Equations	D-1

Appendix E.  Tables of U.S. EPA Water  Standards, Criteria, and Guidelines for Establishing Ground
             Water Cleanup Levels  	E-1

Appendix F.  Sample Letter to Obtain  Property Access  	  F-1
                                                      ix

 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                   Exhibits






Number                                                                                                 Page




    3-1     Removal Action at the Cherokee Site  	  3-4




    3-2     Identifying Operable Units  	  3-6




    3-3     Interim Action: Alternate Source of Drinking Water  	  3-7




    3-4     Interim Action: Preventing Further Ground-Water Degradation  	  3-8




    3-5     Ground-Water Modeling at a Superfund Site  	  3-15




    3-6     Using a Sensitivity Analysis  	  3-20




    4-1     Setting Cleanup Levels at Seymour Recycling 	  4-8




    4-2     Ground Water Discharging to Surface Water  	  4-11




    5-1     Institutional Controls in New Jersey  	  5-5




    5-2     Biorestoration at Biocraft Laboratories   	  5-7




    B-1     A Multiple Source Plume in the Biscayne Aquifer  	  B-2
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                   Figures
Number                                                                                                Page

    1-1     Decision Points in the Superfund Process   	  1-3

    1-2     Overview of the Ground-Water Remedy Selection Process  	  1-4

    2-1     Possible Action-Specific ARARs for Ground-Water Remedial Actions  	  2-3

    2-2     Ground-Water Classification Flow Chart  	  2-6

    3-1     Planning and Scoping Ground-Water Remedial Activities  	  3-2

    3-2     Removal Action Level Policy Flow Chart  	  3-5

    3-3     Exposure Pathways Related to Ground Water	  3-9

    3-4     The Steps of Formulating and Implementing a Ground-Water Model   	 3-17

    4-1     Flow Chart for Determining Site-Specific Cleanup Levels on the Basis of Existing Standards
           and Criteria  	  4-4

    4-2     Derivation of Some Standards and Health-Based Criteria  	  4-5

    5-1     Conceptual Diagram of Waste Source, Contaminant Plume, and Attainment Area  	  5-2

    5-2     Schematic of a Soil Vapor Extraction System 	  5-8

    5-3     General Response Actions and Process Options for Ground Water	 5-10

    7-1     Predicting Remedial Action Performance from Monitoring Data  	  7-2

    7-2     Flexible Decision Process for Ground-Water Remedial Actions	  7-3

    A-1     Distribution of Contaminants, Hypo-Thetical Site 	A-5

    D-1     Prediction of Ground-Water Restoration Time Frame Using the Batch Flushing Model   	 D-2

    D-2     Results of Leaching Column Study for Determination of the Dynamic Leaching
           Rate Constant  	 D-2

    D-3     Prediction of Ground-Water Restoration Time Frame Using the Continuous
           Flushing Model	 D-2
                                                      xi

 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                   Tables


Number                                                                                                Page

    1-1     EPA Guidance Documents Pertinent to Ground-Water Remedial Actions
           Under Superfund	  1-5

    2-1     Schedule for implementation of the Land Disposal Restrictions  	  2-7
    3-1     Questions to Focus Data Collection Activities 	 3-10
    3-2     Processes and Variables Applicable to Ground-Water Modeling  	 3-18
    3-3     Typical Technology Selection and Design Parameters  	 3-19
    4-1     Possible ARARs and TBCs 	  4-3
    4-2     Factors Considered When Determining Preliminary Cleanup Level   	  4-9
    5-1     Potential Response Objectives for Ground Waters  	  5-2
    A-1     Concentrations of Chemicals in Ground Water  	A-2
    A-2     Evaluation of the Operable Unit Taken as an Interim Action  	A-4
    A-3     Contaminant-Specific ARARs and TBCs  	A-6
    A-4     Aggregate Risk   	A-7
    A-5     Contaminants Detected in Ground Water Concentration, Toxicity, and Mobility  	A-9
    A-6     Hypo-Thetical Site Summary  	 A-11
    A-7     Summary of Detailed Analysis Hypo-Thetical Site-Balancing Criteria  	 A-12
    A-8     Health-Based Criteria Related to Surface Water   	 A-14
    B-1     Potential Sources of Multiple-Source Ground-Water Contamination  	 B-3
    E-1     U.S. EPA Drinking Water Standards, Criteria, and Guidelines for Protection of
           Human Health  	 E-2
    E-2     U.S. EPA Water Quality  Criteria for Protection of Aquatic Life   	 E-6
                                                     xii

 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                            List of Acronyms
ACLs         Alternate concentration limits
ARARs        Applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements

BAT          Best available technology
BCT          Best conventional technology

CAG          Carcinogen Assessment Group
CERCLA      Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
CRAVE        Carcinogen Risk Assessment Verification Endeavor
CWA         Clean Water Act

DCE          Dichloroethene
DEHP         Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
DNAPL        Dense nonaqueous phase liquid
DQOs         Data quality objectives
DWEL        Drinking water equivalent level

ERD          Emergency Response Division of OERR

HA           Health advisory
HI            Hazard index
IRIS
ISV

Koc
Kn
Integrated Risk Information System
In situ vitrification

Organic carbon partition coefficient
Partition coefficient
LOAEL        Lowest observed adverse effects level
LOEL         Lowest observed effects level

MCL          Maximum contaminant level
MCLG         Maximum contaminant level goal

NCP          National Contingency Plan
NOAEL        No observed adverse effects level
NOEL         No observed effects level
NPL          National Priorities List
NPDES        National Pollutant Discharge and Elimination System
                                                    XIII
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                     List of Acronyms (continued)
OERR         Office of Emergency and Remedial Response
OSW         Office of Solid Waste
OSWER       Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response
PA/SI         Preliminary assessment/site inspection
PCE          Perchloroethene.Tetrachloroethene
PHRED       Public Health Review Evaluation Database
PRP          Potentially responsible party
POTW         Publicly owned treatment works

QSAR         Quantitative structure-activity relationships
RPM          Remedial project manager
RCRA         Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RfD           Reference dose
RI/FS         Remedial investigation/feasibility study
ROD          Record of Decision
RSD          Risk-specific dose

SARA         Superfund Amendments  and Reauthorization Act
SDWA        Safe Drinking Water Act
SWMU        Solid-waste management unit

TBC          To-be-considered
TCA          Trichloroethane
TCE          Trichloroethene
TVO          Total volatile organic

UIC           Underground injection control
UPL          Unacceptable pollutant levels

VOC          Volatile organic compound

WQC         Water quality criteria
                                                    XIV
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                             List of Definitions
Absorption



Adsorption




Applicable requirements

Area of attainment


Cleanup level


Cost-effectiveness




Dense nonaqueous phase liquid



Hot spots

Implementability



Institutional controls
Transport of a substance through the outer boundary of a medium,
frequently through biological membranes, through active transport,
passive diffusion, etc.
Bonding, frequently ionic, of a substance to soil or other medium.
A substance  is said to be adsorbed if the concentration in the
boundary region of a soil particle is greater than in the interior of
the contiguous phase.
Requirements promulgated  under Federal or  State  law  that
specifically address the circumstance at a  Superfund site.
The area of the plume outside the boundary of any waste to be
managed in place as part of the final remedy  and inside the
boundaries of the contaminant plume.
The contaminant concentration goal of the remedial action, i.e., the
concentration  of a ground-water  contaminant to  be achieved
through remedial action.
One of the mandates  for remedial action  under CERCLA.  It
requires a close evaluation of the costs required to implement and
maintain a remedy as well as the selection of protective remedies
whose costs are proportional to their overall effectiveness.
A liquid that is more dense than liquid water and is not appreciably
soluble in water. Hence, the liquid forms a second phase below the
ground water.
Term  used  to denote zones where contaminants are present  at
much  higher concentrations than surrounding areas.
Implementability   includes  the  technical and  administrative
feasibility of an action as well as the availability of needed goods
and services.
Controls prohibiting or limiting access to contaminated media; may
consist of deed  restrictions,   use   restrictions,  permitting
requirements, etc.
                                                      xv
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                      List of Definitions (continued)
Interim action

Operable unit

Performance evaluation

Practicability



Relevant and appropriate requirements



Remedial action objectives



Removal action

Restoration time frame
Site management planning



Sorption
Systemic effects
To-be-considered

Technical feasibility

Transmissivity
An action that initiates remediation of a site but may not constitute
the final remedy.
An overall response action that by itself eliminates or mitigates a
release, a threat of a release, or an exposure pathway.
An evaluation undertaken after remediation has been implemented
to determine the effectiveness of the remedial action.
An action is practicable from an engineering perspective if it can be
implemented within cost and time constraints, is not unreasonably
difficult or complex, and is reliable.
Requirements that, while not "applicable"  to a Superfund site,
address situations sufficiently similar to a site that their use is well
suited.
Cleanup objectives that specify the level  of cleanup, area of
cleanup (area of attainment), and time required to achieve cleanup
(restoration time frame).
An action that is implemented to address a direct threat to human
health or the environment.
Time required to achieve cleanup levels.
A planning phase in which the types of response approaches to be
taken to address site problems and their optimal sequence are
identified
Adsorption and/or absorption.
Effects that require absorption and distribution of the toxicant to a
target organ at which point effects are produced. Most chemicals
that produce systemic toxicity do  not cause a similar degree of
toxicity in  all organs but usually demonstrate major toxicity to one
or two organs.
Guidelines and  criteria that should be considered when evaluating
remedial actions.
A determination that the technology can be implemented and
maintained on the basis of engineering judgment.
A measure of the  amount  of water that  can be  transmitted
horizontally by the full saturated thickness of the aquifer under a
hydraulic gradient of 1.
                                                      XVI
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                        Acknowledgments
              We wish to acknowledge the following people who assisted in preparing this document.

                     Jennifer Haley/OERR                  Walter Walsh/OPA
                     Caroline Roe/OERR                  Craig Zamuda/OPA
                     Betsy Shaw/OERR                   Steve Nicholas/OPA
                     Bill Hanson/OERR
                     Betti Van Epps/OERR                 Jose Valdes/OGWP

                     Joanne Bahura/OSW                  Candice Wingfield/OWPE
                     Lisa Lefferts/OSW
                     Vern Myers/OSW                    Joe Freedman/OGC

                     David Lang/Region I                   Jerry Jones/RSKEL
                     Damian Duda/Region II                Scott Huling/RSKEL
                     Kathy Davies/Region III
                     Gregg Kulma/Region V                Edward Barth/HWERL
                     Ruth Izraeli/Region VI
                     Jeff Rosenbloom/Region IX             Lisa Herrinton/CH2M HILL
                                                        Mike Tilchin/CH2M HILL
                                                XVII

Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                  Chapter 1
                                                 Introduction
1.1     Purpose and Objectives

This  guidance  document focuses on  key issues in the
development, evaluation,  and  selection  of ground-water
remedial actions at Superfund  sites. Statutory mandates
require that  remedies be protective and utilize permanent
solutions and treatment technologies to the maximum extent
practicable.  Consistent with these mandates, the  goal of
Superfund ground-water actions is to restore ground water to
its beneficial uses within a reasonable time frame, given the
particular site circumstances.

The principal objectives of this guidance are as follows:

    !    Present the analytical framework and statutory basis
        for formulating ground-water alternatives

    !    Outline factors that should be examined to evaluate
        and  compare ground-water alternatives

    !    Highlight   key  considerations   for  selecting   a
        ground-water remedy

    !    Illustrate with a case study the remedial investigation
        (Rl)  and feasibility  study (FS) process for ground
        water

Technical aspects of ground-water investigation, evaluation,
and remediation are not discussed in detail here. Throughout
the text, however, the reader is referred to other sources that
do address these technical concerns. In addition, Geraghty &
Miller's Groundwater Bibliography (van der Leeden, 1987) lists
numerous resources, organized by subject, related to ground
water.

This document has  been prepared  as a resource for three
groups: (1) EPA and State remedial project managers (RPMs)
responsible  for the overall scope, structure, quality, and
completeness of RI/FSs involving ground-water contamination,
(2) contractors  or  the  Corps of Engineers that  plan and
execute  RI/FSs at  Superfund  sites  with  ground-water
contamination, and  (3) others responsible for
preparing  remedial   alternatives   and   recommending
ground-water remedial actions at Superfund sites.

Although each Superfund site presents unique environmental
conditions and human health problems, a consistent approach
should be  used when collecting and analyzing data  and
developing and evaluating ground-water remedial alternatives.
The consideration of both the issues and the decision-making
approach   presented   here   should  provide  reasonable
consistency  in  analyzing  ground-water  remedial  action
alternatives at sites that pose similar contamination problems
and threats to human health and the environment.

1.2     Overview of the Remedial Process

The Superfund remedial process begins with the identification
of site problems during the preliminary  assessment/site
inspection,  which is conducted before a site is listed on the
National Priorities List; continues through site characterization
in the Rl  and development, screening, and detailed analysis
of remedial alternatives in the FS; and culminates in the
selection, implementation, and operation of a remedial action.

EPA describes each step of the RI/FS process and describes
how the steps are integrated in the Guidance for Conducting
Remedial   Investigations  and Feasibility  Studies  Under
CERCLA (RI/FS Guidance) (U.S.  EPA, 1989).  With the
framework  provided  by the  RI/FS  Guidance  and  the
ground-water guidance given here, the reader should  be  able
to evaluate ground-water contamination at  specific sites,
focusing on decisions that are pertinent to remedial actions for
contaminated ground  water.  The first steps in the RI/FS
process include planning how site activities  will be managed
and  determining  data  needs.   Data   collection  occurs
throughout the RI/FS and remedy implementation process and
generally focuses  on  making and   refining  the  following
decisions:

    !  Establishing remedial  action objectives

           Establishing preliminary cleanup levels
                                                      1  -1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
       - Determining the area of attainment
       - Estimating the restoration time frame

    !   Developing remedial action alternatives
    !   Conducting a detailed analysis of the alternatives
    !   Selecting a remedy
    !   Designing and constructing the remedy
    !   Evaluating the remedial action performance

Figure 1-1 shows the steps comprising the Superfund RI/FS
process. Arrows from the key decision points at the bottom of
Figure  1-1  indicate where the  decision points fit into the
process.  Figure 1-2 provides an overview  of the alternative
selection  process that is specific to ground water.

1.3    Other    EPA   Guidance Documents
       Pertinent  to  Ground-Water  Remedial
       Actions Under Superfund
Several other EPA documents provide guidance for Superfund
decision-making and may be pertinent to ground water. Table
1-1  lists these publications, describes their contents, and
notes the steps within the RI/FS process in which they will be
particularly useful.

1.4    Organization of this Document

The remainder of this document is divided  into six  chapters
and six appendixes, summarized below.

Chapter 2, "Statutory and Policy Framework for Ground-Water
Remedial Alternatives," discusses specific elements of the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA)  and the written directives that have
been used to implement CERCLA and establish the policy for
ground-water remedial actions under Superfund.

Chapter 3, "Scoping Ground-Water  Remedial Activities,"
describes the two planning activities conducted  before data
collection: (1)  planning site management activities,  which
includes determining approaches for remediating ground-water
contamination i.e., identifying appropriate removal actions and
operable  units;  and (2) scoping  data  collection activities,
which involves selecting the types of ground-water studies that
will be conducted at a site.

Chapter  4,  "Establishing  Preliminary Cleanup   Levels,"
describes  how to determine preliminary cleanup levels from
available standards and  health-based criteria.
Chapter 5, "Developing Remedial Alternatives," focuses on
issues specific to ground-water contamination that influence
the development of remedial action alternatives.

Chapter 6, "Detailed Analysis of Alternatives and Selection of
Remedy," discusses the alternative  evaluation process and
how this process guides the selection of the final remedy.

Chapter 7, "Evaluating Performance and Modifying Remedial
Actions,"   addresses   ground-water  remedial   action
performance.  This section provides guidance for deciding
whether the remedial action should be continued without
modification,   continued   but   upgraded,   replaced   or
discontinued because remedial  action  objectives have been
met and the remedy is complete.

Appendix A, "Case Study with  Site Variations," presents a
hypothetical case study to demonstrate the  application of the
guidance provided in this manual.

Appendix B,  "Strategy  for  Addressing Ground-Water
Contamination From  Multiple Sources Involving Superfund
Sites," presents the  EPA policy framework  and  provides
guidance on  RI/FS  and  remedial  response activities for
multiple-source ground-water contamination sites. At these
sites, releases from sources other than the Superfund site
contribute to  ground-water contamination.   Ground-water
remedial  actions that clean  up or control releases from the
Superfund site must be combined with corrective actions for
other contaminant  sources to  be effective.  Ground-water
remediation  at these multiple-source sites  may involve
coordination  with   agencies and  authorities outside  of
Superfund.

Appendix C, "Documenting an Interim Action," describes the
contents of the Record of Decision (ROD) needed to support
operable units that are taken as interim actions.

Appendix D,  "Basic Ground-Water Equations," provides some
equations that can be used to estimate the restoration  time
frame.

Appendix E, "Tables of U.S. EPA Standards, Criteria, and
Guidelines for, Establishing  Ground-Water  Cleanup Levels,"
provides a reference, current at the time of this writing, for
setting preliminary cleanup levels.

Appendix F,  "Sample Letter to Obtain Property  Access,"
provides a format for requesting access to adjacent properties
under which a contaminant plume has migrated.
                                                     1 -2
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                                                                                                        REMEDIAL
                                                                                                                                        IHVEST16ATION
            Figure 1.1   Decision Poiints in the Superfund Process,
                                                                         1 -3
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                                                    Characterize
                                                                             Ground-Water Contamination
                                                                                (Remedial Investigation)
                             Prepare Explanation of
                             Significant Differences
                                    Does
                                 Ground-Water
                             Remedy Fundamentally
                                    Change
                                Revise Remedy
                                rogress Towards"\^ Yes
                                Cleanup Levels
                                  Acceptable
                                                  Continue/upgrade
                                                  Operation; Revise
                                                     Restoration
                                                     Time Frame
                                                                             Establish Preliminary Remedial
                                                                              Action Objectives for Ground
                                                                              Water, Including Preliminary
                                                                                    Cleanup Levels

                                                                                       Develop
                                                                                 Remedial Alternatives
                                                                                   (Feasibility Study)

Perform Detailed Analysis
     of Alternatives
   (Feasibility Study)
    Select Remedy
  (Record of Decision)
                                                                                    Design Remedy
                                                                                   Construct Remedy
                                                                                   Operate Remedy/
                                                                             Conduct Performance Monitoring
                                                                                         Are
                                                                                     Cleanup Levels
                                                                                     Being Attained
                                                                                            Yes
                                                                                           r

                                                                                   Remedy Complete
Figure 1-2 Overview of the Ground-Water Remedy Selection Process.
                                                       1 -4
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Table 1-1. EPA Guidance
Title
Alternate Concentration
Limit Guidance


Compendium of Superfund
Field Operations Methods

Data Quality Objectives for
Remedial Response
Activities (DQO Guidance)






Endangerment Assessment
Handbook



Exposure Factors
Handbook

Ground-Water Protection
Strategy
Guidance for Applicants
for State Wellhead
Protection Program
Assistance Funds Under
the Safe Drinking Water
Act

Guidance for Conducting
Remedial Investigations and
Feasibility Studies under
CERCLA

Guidance Document for
Providing Alternate Water
Supplies


Guidance on Preparing
Superfund Decision
Documents

Documents Pertinent to Ground-Water Remedial
Issuing
Office Citation Status
OSWER EPA/530-SW-87-107 Final



OERR EPA/540/P-87-001a&b Final
August 1987

OERR/OWP EPA/540/G-87/003a Final
E







OWPE U.S. EPA
August 1985 Draft



ORD U.S. EPA Draft
September 1987

OGWP U.S. EPA Final
August 1984
OGWP U.S. EPA Final
June 1987




OERR U.S. EPA Interim
March 1989 Final



OERR U.S. EPA Final
October 1987



OERR U.S. EPA Draft
March 1988



Actions Under Superfund*
Contents
Describes how to
develop alternate
concentration limits
under RCRA.
Presents techniques
used during the
fieldwork phase of the Rl
Identifies the framework
and process by which
DQOs are developed.
DQOs are qualitative
and quantitative
statements specifying
the quality of data
needed to support
Agency decisions.

Provides guidance on
conducting
endangerment
assessments.
Guidance for assessing
human exposure.

Provides framework for
protecting ground water.
Explains EPA's policies
and procedures for
implementing the
wellhead protection
assistance program.

Provides an
understanding of the
RI/FS process.
Presents structure for
conducting an RI/FS.
Provides guidance or
planning and
implementing programs
to provide alternate
water supplies.
Guidelines for
documenting and
amending Proposed
Plans and RODs.

Possible Resource for
Setting cleanup levels
for exposure-based
scenarios for Class III
ground water
Scoping and field
investigation during the
Rl
Scoping activities









Rl



Selection of exposure
assumptions and pathways
for drinking water
Scoping

Determining response
objectives




RI/FS process




Taking removal actions,
formulating remedial
alternatives


Documentation of the
selected remedy


(continued)
'Contact the EPA Public Information Center, Washington, D.C. (202) 382-2080 for information on where to obtain documents.
                                                         1 -5
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Table 1-1.    Continued
Title
Issuing
Office
Citation
Status
Contents
Possible Resource for
 Guideline for Delineating
 Wellhead Protection Area
 Guidelines for Ground-Water
 Classification Under the EPA
 Ground-Water Protection
 Strategy

 Handbook for Remedial
 Actions at Waste Disposal
 Sites
  Methods for Determining the
  Locations of Abandoned
  Wells

  Modeling Remedial Actions
  at Uncontrolled Hazardous
  Waste Sites
  RCRA Ground-Water
  Monitoring Technical
  Enforcement Guidance
  Document

  Superfund Exposure
  Assessment Manual
  OGWP      EPA/440/6-87-010
  OGWP      U.S. EPA,
              April 1988
   OSW      U.S. EPA,
              October 1985
NWWA/EPA    NWWA, 1987
 OERR/ORD    EPA/540/2-85-001
              April 1985
  OWPE
   OERR
U.S. EPA, OSWER
Directive 9950.1,
September 1986
U.S. EPA, OSWER
Directive 9285.5-1,
March 22, 1988
 Superfund Public Health
 Evaluation Manual
   OERR
EPA/540/1-86/060
(OSWER Directive
9285.1-1), October
1986
                         Final      Describes procedures
                                   and information needed
                                   to specify wellhead
                                   protection areas.

                         Draft      Presents methods used
                                   to classify aquifers.
 Final      Provides basic
          understanding of
          remedial actions,
          describes how to select
          remedial actions, and
          gives an example.

 Final      Presents methods for
          locating abandoned
          wells.

 Final      Presents model
          selection and use
          guidelines for assessing
          site conditions and
          remedial action
          performance.

 Final      Describes the essential
          components of a RCRA
          ground-water
           monitoring system.

 Final      Provides overall
          understanding of the
          integrated exposure
          assessment process,
          references estimation
          procedures and
          computer modeling
          techniques.

 Final      Provides guidance on
          methods for evaluating
          effects to human health.
                                   Determining response
                                   objectives
                                   Classifying ground
                                   water
                                                           Alternative
                                                           development, screening, and
                                                           evaluation
                                                           Field investigation
                                                           during the Rl
                                                           FS
Technical
considerations during
scoping and
performance evaluation

Rl (and modeling)
Rl, selecting indicator
chemicals, and
determining aggregate
effects
 The CERCLA Compliance
 With Other Laws Manual
 Water Quality Standards
 Handbook
   OERR
OW/Regula-
 tions and
 Standards
EPA, June 1987,
OSWER Directive
9243.1-01
U.S. EPA,
December 1983
Interim     Identifies potential
 Final      ARARS, procedures for
          identifying ARARs,
          waiver criteria, and
          hypothetical scenarios.

 Final      Guidance and
          implementation of
          WQC.
Scoping, FS
Determination of
preliminary cleanup
levels
                                                              1 -6
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                Chapter 2

             Statutory and Policy Framework for Ground-Water Remedial Alternatives
2.1  Introduction

This chapter identifies important provisions and requirements
of environmental  statutes  and  policies  that  affect  the
decision-making process at  Superfund  sites  that have
ground-water contamination. CERCLA, as amended by the
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA),
provides the statutory framework for cleaning up hazardous
waste sites, and the National Contingency Plan (NCR) (U.S.
EPA,  1985)  codifies EPA's implementation policy  written
under  CERCLA.   This  chapter   integrates  important
requirements and provisions of both CERCLA and the policy
directives  that  address  its  implementation.   Other
environmental statutes  and  policies  that  affect  Superfund
ground-water remediation include:

    !   The Ground-Water Protection Strategy (U.S. EPA,
       1984)  and   its   associated   Guidelines  for
       Ground-Water   Classification  Under  the   EPA
       Ground-Water Protection Strategy (U.S. EPA, 1986b)
       (also called Classification Guidelines) (U.S. EPA,
       1986b)
    !   The  Resource
       (RCRA)
Conservation  and  Recovery  Act
    i
       The Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)

       The Clean Water Act (CWA)
    Further discussion of Superfund's responsibility to meet
    the environmental statutes can be found in The CERCLA
    Compliance with Other Laws Manual (U.S. EPA, 1988a)

2.2    Requirements and Provisions of
       CERCLA and the NCP

The proposed NCP  (U.S. EPA,  1988d) incorporates  the
requirements and provisions of SARA. This guidance has
been prepared on the  basis of CERCLA as amended by
SARA and the existing NCP (1985) and is consistent with the
proposed NCP and directives issued by  the Office of Solid
Waste and Emergency Response  (OSWER) (U.S. EPA,
                                  1986a, 1987a, and 1987k)

                                  The  following CERCLA requirements must  be addressed
                                  specifically during remedy selection and must be discussed
                                  in the  ROD. The discussion  should demonstrate that the
                                  remedy does the following:

                                      !  Protects  human  health   and   the  environment
                                        (CERCLA Section 121(b))

                                      !  Attains the applicable or  relevant and appropriate
                                        requirements  (ARARs) of Federal and State laws
                                        (CERCLA Section 121(d)(2)(A)) or warrants a waiver
                                        under CERCLA Section 121 (d)(4)

                                      !  Reflects  a  cost-effective  solution,  taking  into
                                        consideration  short- and long-term costs (CERCLA
                                        Section 121 (a))

                                      !  Uses   permanent   solutions   and  treatment
                                        technologies or resource recovery technologies to the
                                        maximum extent practicable   (CERCLA  Section
                                     !   Satisfies  the  preference   for  remedies  that
                                        permanently and significantly reduces the mobility,
                                        toxicity, or volume of hazardous substances as a
                                        principal element or explains why such a remedy was
                                        not selected (CERCLA Section 121 (b))

                                 In addition, the following provisions of CERCLA may or may
                                 not be pertinent to ground-water remediation depending on
                                 site-specific circumstances:

                                     !   Alternate concentration limits (ACLs) from those
                                        otherwise  applicable or  relevant  and appropriate
                                        requirements can only be used for determining off site
                                        cleanup   levels   under   special  circumstances
                                        (CERCLA Section 121 (d)(2)(B)(ii)).

                                     !   Ground-water remedial actions that restore ground
                                        water are to be federally funded until cleanup levels
                                        are achieved or up to 10 years,
                                                   2-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
       whichever comes first (CERCLA Section 104(c)(6)).
       preliminary cleanup levels.
    !   A performance evaluation must be conducted at least
       every 5 years if wastes are left onsite (CERCLA
       Section 121(c)). By policy this has been interpreted
       to apply where wastes are left above health-based
       levels.

The  requirements  for  a remedy to  be protective  and
cost-effective are discussed in detail in Chapter 6. The other
requirements and provisions and the policy for implementing
them are  outlined below.

2.2.1  Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate
       Requirements

When setting cleanup levels under CERCLA, ARARs are
considered  in the following  manner,  as described  in the
CERCLA  Compliance With Other Laws Manual (U.S. EPA,
1988a):

    !   Applicable  requirements  are cleanup standards,
       standards  of  control,   and   other  substantive
       environmental  protection requirements, criteria, or
       limitations promulgated under Federal or State law
       that specifically address  a hazardous substance,
       pollutant, contaminant, remedial action, location, or
       other circumstance at a Superfund site.

    !   Relevant  and  appropriate   requirements,   like
       applicable  requirements,  are cleanup standards,
       standards   of  control,   or   other   substantive
       environmental  protection requirements, criteria, or
       limitations promulgated under Federal or State law.
       While  not technically applicable to a hazardous
       substance, pollutant or contaminant, remedial action,
       location, or other circumstance at a Superfund site,
       relevant  and  appropriate  requirements  address
       problems or situations sufficiently similar to those
       encountered at a Superfund site so that their use is
       well-suited.

Policies for determining which  requirements at a  site are
ARARs have been described in guidance documents (U.S.
EPA,  1988a and  1987k).  Figure 2-1 presents  several
action-specific ARARs that  may  be  required for various
ground-water remedial actions. ARARs typically fall into three
categories:

    !   Chemical-specific   ARARs    are    health-   or
       environmentally based numerical values limiting the
       amount of a contaminant that may be discharged to,
       or allowed to remain in, environmental media. These
       include, for example, maximum  contaminant levels
       (MCLs) established  under the SDWA. Generally,
       chemical-specific  ARARs  are  used when  setting
    !   Location-specific ARARs restrict activities  of limit
       concentrations of contaminants in effluent because a
       site is in a special location such as a floodplain,
       wetland, or historical area.

    !   Action-specific ARARs are technology- or  activity-
       based limitations  and  may include, for  example,
       limitations of discharges of treated water to streams.

ARARs most pertinent to ground-water  remedies relate to
setting cleanup levels, operating treatment processes, and
managing  treatment   residuals.  CERCLA  specifies  six
conditions under which ARARs may be waived (CERCLA
Section 121(d)(4)). These are discussed in Chapter 6.

2.2.2  Use of Permanent Solutions and
       Treatment Technologies to the Maximum
       Extent Practicable

CERCLA requires an assessment of permanent solutions and
treatment technologies and mandates that they be  used to
the maximum extent  practicable. Information on  treatment
technologies suitable to ground water is presented in Chapter
5.

The additional cost and time  associated with treatability
testing and  uncertainties associated  with implementing a
technology that is not in common use should be considered
when  assessing treatment. The practicable extent to which
permanent solutions and treatment technologies can be used
is  based  on a site-specific analysis of alternatives  against
nine evaluation criteria.

2.2.3  Preference  for Treatment as a Principal
       Element

CERCLA  expresses a preference for remedies that  employ
treatment that permanently and  significantly  reduces the
mobility, toxicity, or volume of hazardous substances as a
principal element.  Emphasis  is placed  on destruction or
detoxification of hazardous materials rather than on  protection
strictly through prevention of  exposure. Furthermore, the
statute requires an explanation  of why this preference is not
met when the principal threats  are  not treated.  This is
discussed further in Chapter 6.

2.2.4  CERCLA  Restrictions on Establishing
       ACLs

CERCLA  specifies that ACLs,  (i.e., levels of contamination
that will remain in the ground water at the completion of the
remedial action that are above levels safe to human health and
the environment but to which exposure is prevented) cannot
be
                                                     2-2
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                     Contaminated
                                                     Ground Water
         No  or
      Limited  Action
  Natural
Attenuation
 Pump
and Treat
 Containment/
Gradient Control
     In Situ
   Treatment
             ARARs:
             RCRA Subpart F
             Corrective Action
             Requirements
             . MCLs
      ARARs:
       RCRA Subpart F
       Corrective Action
       Requirements
       MCLs
         Stream
   CERCLA
   Section 121 (d)(2)(B)(ii)
     ARARs:
      RCRA Subpart F
      Corrective Action
      Requirements
      MCLs
  ARARs:
   RCRA Subpart F
   Corrective Action
   Requirements
ARARs:
 RCRA Subpart F
 Corrective Action
 Requirements
 MCLs
>
f >
Residual
Gases


1 \
Treated
Groundwater


f
Residual
Solids
                          ARARs:
                            State Air Toxics
                          Regulations
                            NESHAP
                                            ARARs:
                                              Land Disposal
                                              Restrictions
>
r
Reinjectfon

\
f
Distribution System

\
r
POTW

>
r
Surface Water
                                                   ARARs:
                                                   MCLs
                                            ARARs:
                                             Pretreatment
                                             Regulations
                                          ARARs:
                                            Substantive Require-
                                            ments of NPDES
                                            (onsite)
Figure 2.1     Possible Action-Specific ARARs for Ground-Water Remedial Actions.
                                                          2-3
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
established  for ground  water  if the process for remedial
establishing the ACLs assumes that the first point of and
human exposure is beyond the boundary of the evaluations
facility, except under the following scenario: The ground water
has a known or projected point of entry to surface water and
there are no statistically significant increases in contaminant
concentration in the surface  water or at any point at  which
contaminants are expected to accumulate. In addition, there
must be reliable institutional controls preventing exposure to
ground-water contaminants that are above cleanup levels. It is
the policy of EPA that  this  provision be used  only  when
cleanup  to  ARARs  is  not  practicable.  The  method  for
establishing ACLs  under CERCLA generally considers the
factors specified for water establishing ACLs under RCRA,
but, for the  most part, will be governed by the  restrictions
outlined above. This is discussed further in Chapter 4.

2.2.5   Funding Remedial Actions

Funds  for remedial activities come from both Federal and
State sources unless enforcement actions have provided for
potentially  responsible  party  (PRP)-led  investigation  or
remediation (i.e., cases for which cost recovery is planned or
there are viable PRPs). States are required  to pay up to 10
percent of the costs of the remedial  action.  Federal funding
of remedial  actions that restore ground  or surface  water
continues for up to  10 years. After 10 years or when cleanup
levels are achieved, the State  fully  funds  any necessary
operation and maintenance.  The 10-year funding provision
should be applied only to actions to restore ground or surface
waters  and   not  to  actions   to  reduce exposure  to
contaminants. For example, if ground water is pumped and
treated to provide an alternate water supply and not to restore
the ground water, this provision should not  be applied, and
Federal funding would only cover capital and startup costs.
Also,  Federal funding would not cover  long-term leachate
control actions, i.e., actions  in  which leachate is extracted
and treated as part of the source control remedy. If the facility
responsible for the contamination is operated by a state or a
political subdivision of a state, the state is required to pay 50
percent of the cost of the remedial action (CERCLA Section
104(f)). Additional information on funding remedial actions is
available from "Interim Guidance on Funding for Ground and
Surface Water Restoration" (U.S. EPA, 1987e).

2.2.6  Evaluating Remedial Action Performance

CERCLA requires  that remedial actions be reviewed and
periodically and at  least every 5 years after initiation of the
remedial action as  long as contaminants remain  at the site.
For ground-water remediation,  performance evaluations (or
5-year reviews)  are  required  as  long as contaminant
concentrations  exceed  health-based  levels.  Performance
evaluations are routinely conducted throughout a
remedial action at a frequency that is site-specific and usually
involve  annual  monitoring.  Performance  evaluations  are
discussed further in Chapter 7.

2.3     U.S. EPA's Ground-Water
        Protection Strategy and
        Classification Guidelines

It is the policy of EPA's Superfund program to use as a guide
the framework provided by EPA's Ground-Water Protection
Strategy  (U.S. EPA, 1984)  in determining the appropriate
remediation for contaminated ground water. Three classes of
ground water have been established on the basis of ground-
water  value   and  vulnerability  to  contamination.  The
Classification  Guidelines  (U.S. EPA,  1986b)  provides
guidance in determining the  potential beneficial uses of the
contaminated ground water, i.e., whether it is Class I,  Class
II,  or Class  III.  The  expected  use  of the Ground-Water
Protection Strategy and Classification Guidelines is described
in the forthcoming policy statement entitled "Implementation
of  Ground-Water   Classification  in   the   Environmental
Protection Agency."

The various ground-water classes are described nest.

Special ground water (Class I) is  (1) highly vulnerable to
contamination because of the hydrological characteristics of
the areas in which it occurs,  and (2) characterized  by  either
of the following factors:

    !   The  ground water is irreplaceable;  no reasonable
        alternative source  of drinking water is available to
        substantial populations.

    !   The  ground water is ecologically vital; the aquifer
        provides the base flow  for  a  particularly  sensitive
        ecological system that, if polluted, would destroy a
        unique habitat.

Current and potential sources of drinking water and water
having other beneficial uses  includes all other ground  water
that is currently used (IIA)  or is potentially available (MB) for
drinking water, agriculture, or other beneficial use.

Ground water not considered a potential source of drinking
water and of limited beneficial use (Class IMA and Class NIB)
is saline, i.e., it has a total dissolved solids levels over 10,000
milligrams per liter (mg/l),  or is otherwise contaminated by
naturally occurring constituents or human activity that  is not
associated with a particular waste disposal activity or another
site beyond levels that  allow remediation  using  methods
reasonably employed in  public  water  treatment systems.
Class III also  includes ground water that is
                                                      2-4
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
not available in sufficient quantity at any depth to meet the
needs of an average household.

Class MIA includes  ground  water that is interconnected to
surface water or adjacent ground water that potentially could
be used for drinking  water. Class 1MB includes ground water
that has no interconnection to surface water or adjacent
aquifers. For Class  IMA ground water,  establishing cleanup
levels  should  take into   consideration   the  degree  of
interconnection to Class I or Class II ground water or the rate
of discharge to surface water so that levels of contaminants in
higher class ground  water do not increase as a result of the
interconnection.

According to  the Classification  Guidelines, the Class III
designation may apply to ground-water contamination that is
caused  by human  activity and is widespread  and  not
attributable to  a specific site. For the Superfund process,
however, remedial action objectives for Class III  ground water
that is contaminated as a  result of human activity would
typically be determined initially using the process described
in this guidance for  Class II ground water and may involve
coordination with other parties, as described in Appendix B.
This is further described in Chapter 4.

Using  the  Classification  Guidelines  as  a  guide,   a
determination is made as to whether ground water falls within
Class I, Class  II, or  Class III. The specifications for the three
classes are outlined in  Figure 2-2. Such classifications are
site-specific and limited in scope. Ground water is classified
by EPA under the Superfund program to assist in determining
the appropriate type of remediation for a Superfund site.
Classifications  performed  by EPA  under  the Superfund
program do not apply to the general geographic area in which
they are performed, nor to any Federal, State, or private action
other than Superfund remediation.

Some states  have  developed and promulgated their own
ground-water classification systems. A  State's classification
system may  be  used  to  determine  remediation goals.
Furthermore, a promulgated State system may be an ARAR.
In addition, State wellhead  protection programs, especially
those developed  pursuant  to the  SDWA, may  influence
classification   of ground water (U.S.  EPA,  1987g).  For
example, if a Superfund site is within a wellhead protection
area, Class IIA ground water may be treated as Class I. The
Guidance  for  Applicants for State  Wellhead Protection
Program Assistance Funds  Under the  Safe Drinking Water
Act (1987e) describes the criteria for establishing wellhead
protection  areas.

2.4   Application ofRCRA to Ground-
        Water Remediation

Pertinent RCRA regulations are presented  in this section to
familiarize the reader with its provisions.
Throughout this discussion, RCRA's relationship to Superfund
remediation is discussed. RCRA requirements that potentially
are applicable or  relevant  and  appropriate  to  Superfund
ground-water actions include the land disposal restrictions (40
CFR 268) and the ground-water monitoring  and response
program (40 CFR 264, Subpart F). Regulations for corrective
action  at  solid  waste  management  units (40 CFR 264,
Subpart S), referred to here al the subpart S regulations, are
being developed and  may also be applicable or relevant and
appropriate when promulgated. RCRA requirements regarding
closure of units may also be ARARs at Superfund sites at the
completion of  remedial  action.  Because   the  closure
requirements that address ground-water contamination refer
simply  to Subpart  F,  closure  specifications will  not  be
addressed as a separate section in this guidance.

2.4.1  The Land Disposal Restrictions

The RCRA land disposal restrictions require that  hazardous
waste be treated to established levels before being placed in
a land-based unit. The schedule for implementation of the land
disposal restrictions is presented in Table 2-1.

Ground-water treatment residuals from Superfund remedial
actions, such as spent carbon or ion exchange resins that are
contaminated with  RCRA-listed  waste for which treatment
standards have been promulgated must either meet the land
disposal  restrictions  or be delisted  under  RCRA  before
disposal. Ground-water treatment  system residuals from
Superfund remedial actions that exhibit the RCRA-hazardous
waste  toxicity characteristic will have to  be treated until
concentrations are below the characteristic levels established
under  RCRA  before  disposal   once the  land  disposal
restrictions for characteristic wastes become effective.

Treated ground water from Superfund remedial actions that is
discharged to  surface water must  meet  the substantive
requirements  of  a   National   Pollutant   Discharge and
Elimination System (NPDES) permit but would not have to
meet the  RCRA land disposal  restriction  levels,  because
discharges to surface waters that meet the requirements of an
NPDES permit are exempt from the RCRA  land disposal
restrictions.

Treated ground water that is discharged to a publicly owned
treatment works  (POTW)  must  meet  the   pretreatment
requirements of the POTW, as specified by the CWA. If the
discharge will go to a POTW that does not have established
pretreatment  standards,  the  remedial  action should  be
evaluated to determine if the POTWs NPDES permit will  be
in violation as a result of the discharge. The land disposal
restrictions are only triggered when the treated ground water
is placed directly in a surface impoundment.
                                                      2-5
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
    CUSS I GROUND WATER
CUSS I! GROUND WATER
CUSS III GROUND WATER
 'Presumed it unknown
Figure 2-2   Ground-Water Classification Row Chart.
                                               2-6
    Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Table 2-1.    Schedule for Implementation of the Land Disposal Restrictions
                                                               Wastes
                                                                                                              Effective Date of Ban
Solvents and Dioxin
Wastes3
California List Wastesb
Remaining Wastes0
F001 to F005 (Spent solvents)
F020 to F023, F026 to F028 (Dioxin-containing wastes)
Soil and debris contaminated with certain solvents and dioxins from
    CERCLA/RCRA corrective actions
Soil and debris contaminated with certain solvents and dioxins not from
    CERCLA/RCRA corrective actions
Solvent wastes from small quantity generators
Solvent wastes generated from CERCLA/RCRA corrective actions
Solvent-water mixtures, solvent-containing sludges and solids, and non-
    CERCLA/RCRA corrective action soil with less than 1 percent total solvent constituents

California list (except HOCs)
Dilute HOCs (Greater than or equal to 1,000 mg/l and less than 10,000 mg/l)
Liquid and non-liquid HOCs
Soil and debris contaminated with HOCs not from CERCLA/RCRA sites
Soil and debris contaminated with HOCs from CERCLA/RCRA corrective actions

One-third of all ranked and listed hazardous waste ("First Third") except:
    Petroleum Refining Wastes (K048, K049, K050,  K051, K052)
    Electric Arc Furnace Dust (K0621~high zinc)
    Brine Refining Muds/Mercury Cell Process (K071)
    Wastewater Treatment Sludge/Mercury Cell Process (K106)
    Soil and debris contaminated with First Third Wastes for which BOAT is
         solids incineration
Novembers, 1986
Novembers, 1988
Novembers, 1990

Novembers, 1988

Novembers, 1988
Novembers, 1988
Novembers, 1988
   JulyS, 1987
   JulyS, 1987
Novembers, 1988
   JulyS, 1989
Novembers, 1990

 Augusts, 1988
 Augusts, 1990
 Augusts, 1990
 Augusts, 1990
 Augusts, 1990
 Augusts, 1990
                         Two-thirds of all ranked and listed hazardous wastes ("Second Third")

                         All remaining ranked and listed hazardous wastes and all hazardous wastes
                             identified by characteristic under RCRA Section 3001  ("Third Third")

                         Any hazardous waste listed or identified under RCRA Section 3001 after
                             Novembers, 1984
                                                                                        JuneS, 1989

                                                                                         MayS, 1990
                                                                                    Within 6 months of the
                                                                                    date of identification or
                                                                                    listing
aThe solvent and dioxin wastes are:
F001  Spent halogenated solvents used in degreasing (e.g., tetrachloroethylene, trichloroethylene, methylene chloride)
    and sludges from the recovery of these solvents in degreasing operations.
F002  Spent halogenated solvents (e.g., tetrachloroethylene, trichloroethylene, methylene chloride) and still bottoms from the recovery of
    these solvents.
F003 to F005 Spent non-halogentated solvents (e.g., xylene, acetone, cresols, toluene, methyl ethyl ketone) and still bottoms from the
    recovery of these solvents.
F020 to F023 and F026 to F028 Dioxin-containing wastes
The California lists wastes are RCRA-listed hazardous wastes that are liquids except halogenated organic compounds (HOCs), and
     !    Contain free cyanides (greater than or equal to  1,000 mg/l)
     !    Contain PCBs (greater than or equal to 50 ppm)
     !    Contain HOCs (greater than or equal to 1,000 mg/kg)
     !    Have a pH less than 2
     !    Contain certain metals:
         -Arsenic (greater than or equal to 500 mg/l)
         -Cadium (greater than or equal to 100 mg/l)
         -Chromium (greater than or equal to 500 mg/l)
         -Lead (greater than or equal to 500 mg/l)
         -Mercury (greater than or equal to 20 mg/l)
         -Nickel (greater than or equal to 134 mg/l)
         -Selenium (greater than or equal to 100 mg/l)
         -Thallium (greater than or equal to 130 mg/l)

cSee 40 CFR 268.10.
                                                              2-7
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Discharges via the sewage system are exempt from the land
disposal restrictions  under the domestic sewage exemption.

2.4.2  The RCRA Ground-Water Monitoring and
       Response Program

The  RCRA  ground-water  protection standards establish
requirements  for regulated  units (surface  impoundments,
waste piles, land treatment units, and landfills) that received
hazardous  waste after July 26,  1982.  Because  most
Superfund sites have not received hazardous waste since this
date, the RCRA ground-water regulations generally are not
applicable to  Superfund sites unless the Superfund action
involves active placement of RCRA wastes in such  units.
However, these requirements may be relevant and appropriate.
RCRA requirements are generally met by standard procedures
used for Superfund sites, and RODs should contain language
to this  effect.  Feasibility studies and  RODs need only note
this consistency in the ARAR discussions. RCRA regulations
specify monitoring requirements,  concentration standards,
and corrective action measures. These are described  in the
following paragraphs.

2.4.2.1   Monitoring Requirements

The  RCRA   monitoring  requirements  consist of  three,
categories: detection monitoring, compliance monitoring, and
corrective action monitoring.

    !   Detection monitoring is used to determine if a release
       to ground water has occurred.

    !   When a release has occurred, compliance monitoring
       is  used  to   determine   if  any   ground-water
       concentration standards have been exceeded.

    !   Corrective action monitoring is used  when the
       ground-water protection standard  has been exceeded
       and  corrective  action is  implemented. Corrective
       action monitoring establishes the effectiveness  of
       measures taken to remediate ground water.

At a Superfund  site  with contaminated ground water,  it has
already been  determined  that a ground-water remediation
decision  must  be  made.  Therefore,  RCRA's  detection
monitoring and compliance monitoring requirements are not
generally relevant and appropriate. However, RCRA corrective
action monitoring requirements may be applicable or relevant
and appropriate. If a  new hazardous waste treatment storage
or disposal facility  is  created as a  result of remedial actions
taken at the site, detection and  compliance  monitoring may
also be applicable.
2.4.2.2 Concentration Standard

Concentration  standards  under the  RCRA  ground-water
protection standards (Subpart F) are the background level of
the constituent, the MCL for the constituent (RCRA MCL), or
an alternate concentration limit (RCRA ACL). (RCRA MCLs
have been so noted because currently there are no automatic
provisions for revising or supplementing the MCLs in RCRA as
they  are promulgated or revised under  the SDWA.)  As
discussed in Chapter 4 of this guidance, Superfund ground-
water remedies for existing or potential sources of drinking
water should reduce concentrations to existing MCLs or to
more stringent  State  standards.  Contaminants  for which
MCLs have not been set must meet cleanup levels derived
from other health-based or environmentally based standards,
a process that is comparable to using  RCRA ACLs derived
from health-based  considerations. Therefore,  Superfund is
generally consistent with the requirements of RCRA. This
should be noted in the ROD.

For Class III ground water, it is expected that both RCRA and
Superfund  would  require  similar cleanup   approaches
considering the factors listed under the RCRA regulation's
ACL provision (e.g., physical and chemical characteristics of
the waste, including its potential for migration, current and
future uses of the ground water, and the existing quality of
ground  water)  since  this  is a determination  based  on
exposure. Additional information on RCRA's ACL provision is
available in the Alternate Concentration Limit Guidance (U.S.
EPA, 1987b.)

2.4.2.3 Corrective Action Program

Under RCRA, a corrective action program is implemented if a
release above  the ground-water  protection standard  is
confirmed. The  corrective measures under RCRA include
removal or treatment in place  of any hazardous constituents
that exceed RCRA's established concentration limits. These
action-specific measures may be applicable or relevant and
appropriate requirements for Superfund. They are summarized
below  and  discussed  in   conjunction   with  Superfund
requirements.

    !   RCRA requires  a  corrective  action program that
        prevents hazardous  constituents  from  exceeding
        concentration  limits  at the compliance point—the
        boundary  of the waste management area—if any
        concentration  level   exceeds  the  ground-water
        protection  standard.  Consistent  with  statutory
        mandates, the Superfund cleanup goal, on the other
        hand, is to attain health-based standards within  the
        area of attainment-the area that encompasses  the
        entire contaminant plume beyond the boundaries
                                                     2-8
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
        of any waste managed in  place as part of the final
        remedy. Therefore, the area of the plume to  be
        remediated under Superfund is consistent with the
        area of the plume to be remediated under RCRA.

    !    In addition to requiring a corrective action program,
        RCRA  requires that  a  ground-water  monitoring
        program  be  implemented  to  demonstrate  the
        effectiveness  of  the  corrective  action.  RCRA
        corrective action measures may be terminated when
        ground-water monitoring data demonstrate that the
        contaminant  levels  are  below  the  ground-water
        protection standard for a period of 3 years. (EPA is
        reevaluating this 3-year requirement and anticipates
        making  the  time  period  site specific.) Under
        Superfund,   requirements  for  evaluating   the
        effectiveness of a remedy are site-specific and must
        demonstrate that cleanup levels are achieved. This is
        generally consistent with the RCRA requirements.

2.4.3   The Subpart S Regulations

Under Subpart S of the RCRA regulations, requirements for
corrective action at solid waste management units (SWMUs)
are currently being drafted. The basic requirements for SWMU
corrective action are currently in effect under the authority of
the Hazardous  and  Solid Waste Amendments  of 1984.
SWMUs include both regulated  and  previously unregulated
units at RCRA facilities without regard to the time the waste
was  received.  Subpart F,  discussed  above,  is also being
revised to ensure consistency between Subpart F and Subpart
S.

Subpart S will cover all releases to soil, air, and surface water
and some  releases  to  ground water from  SWMUs. The
releases to ground water that Subpart S will cover include (1)
releases to ground water from regulated units if treatment,
storage,  disposal occurred  before July 26,  1982, and  (2)
releases from  unregulated units (i.e.,  those  not  regulated
under Subpart  F) without regard to the time of activity. When
these regulations are  promulgated they may be applicable or
relevant and appropriate to Superfund sites.

Remediation of ground-water  releases from regulated units
receiving waste after July 26, 1982, will still be covered under
Subpart F.

2.5  The Safe Drinking Water Act

Three provisions of the  SDWA may  pertain  to  Superfund
ground-water remediation: the drinking water standards, the
underground injection control (UIC) program,  and the State
wellhead protection program.

MCLs developed under the SDWA generally are ARARs for
current or potential drinking water sources within the area of
attainment. Although MCLs are developed using cost and
technical considerations, they are also protective of human
health for exposure from drinking water. There are currently 38
promulgated primary MCLs for chemicals. Eighty-three MCLs
will have been promulgated by 1989, 25 additional MCLs are
to be proposed by 1991, and an additional 25 MCLs are to be
proposed every 3 years thereafter.  For  Superfund, cleanup
levels that are more stringent  than MCLs may  be required to
achieve adequate protection in some cases;  these are
discussed in Chapter 4.

EPA has also developed MCL goals (MCLGs) that are entirely
health  based. MCLGs serve  as guidance for  establishing
MCLs.  Under Superfund, MCLGs may be considered when
setting cleanup levels in situations where multiple pathways
or multiple contaminants increase  risks,  as discussed in
Chapter 4.

The  UIC  program developed  under the  SDWA provides
standards and procedures for underground injection of fluids.
Underground injection wells are divided into the following five
general classes for permitting and regulatory purposes:

    !    Class I wells are those used  to inject industrial,
        hazardous, and municipal wastes beneath the lower
        most formation containing an underground drinking
        water source within 1/4-mile of the well bore.

    !    Class II wells are those used to dispose of fluids that
        are brought to the surface in connection with oil and
        gas  production, to inject fluids for the enhanced
        recovery of oil or gas, or to store liquid hydrocarbons.

    !    Class III wells  are those used to inject fluids for the
        extraction of minerals.

    !    Class IV  wells  are  used  to inject  hazardous or
        radioactive waste into or above  a formation that
        contains an  underground drinking water source that
        is  within  1/4-mile  of  the well.  Operation  or
        construction  of  Class IV wells, though generally
        prohibited, is allowed  as part of a Superfund remedial
        action if the wells are used to reinject treated ground
        water into the same  formation  from  which it was
        withdrawn.

    !    Class V wells include all wells  not incorporated in
        Classes I through IV, including, for example, recharge
        wells, septic system wells,  and shallow industrial
        disposal wells.

Superfund ground-water actions  would  most likely  involve
Class   IV  wells.   There  are  currently   no  substantive
requirements in the regulations for the construction of these
wells; closure of Class IV wells (40 CFR 144.23) requires only
that the well  be
                                                      2-9
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
plugged or closed in a way that is acceptable to the Regional
Administrator.

According to the SDWA's State wellhead protection program,
states are required to develop programs to establish wellhead
protection areas to protect public water supply systems from
contamination. These programs  may be  location-specific
ARARs  for Superfund remedial actions and  under certain
circumstances may lead to a higher level of cleanup at sites
within wellhead protection areas, according to the  State
wellhead protection program. Additional guidance  on the
wellhead protection programs can be found in  Guidelines for
Delineation of Wellhead Protection Areas (U.S. EPA, 1987g)
and  the Guidance  for Applicants  for  State Wellhead
Protection  Program  Assistance  Funds  Under the  Safe
Drinking Water Act (1987e).

2.6   The Clean Water Act

The CWA establishes permit requirements and discharge
limits for remedial actions that involve the discharge of treated
or untreated contaminated ground water  into a navigable
stream.  Provisions of the CWA that may be ARARs include
the following:

    !    Regulation  of discharges to surface waters through
        the NPDES permitting process

    !    Best   available  technology  (BAT)  and   best
        conventional   technology  (BCT)   for   treating
        wastewaters

    !    Water quality criteria (WQC)  (U.S. EPA,  1986d),
        which are discussed further in Chapter 4
    !   Water quality standards that must be promulgated by
       states

NPDES Discharges to Surface Water. Both onsite and offsite
discharges from CERCLA sites to surface water are required
to meet the substantive NPDES requirements.  In addition,
offsite discharges are  required  to meet the administrative
requirements.

Best  Available  Technology  and   Best  Conventional
Technology. All direct discharges to surface water must meet
technology-based guidelines. For toxic and nonconventional
pollutants, the BAT that is economically achievable must be
used,  while for conventional  pollutants, the BCT must be
used. At CERCLA sites, BAT and BCT are determined on a
case- by-case basis using Best Professional Judgment. Once
the technology is selected, the numerical effluent discharge
limits are derived by applying the levels of performance of the
treatment  technology  to the wastewater  discharge. The
numerical effluent limits must be consistent with the  State's
water quality standards.

Water Quality Criteria.  WQC for protection of human health
and aquatic life are established  by EPA  and  serve as
guidelines to states, which are required to set water quality
standards  for use in implementing their NPDES permitting
programs.

Water  Quality  Standards.  Water  quality  standards  are
numerical limitations that must be met in the receiving water
body at all times. Thus, the dilution of the effluent in the
receiving  water  body must be determined. Discharges of
wastewater at CERCLA sites must be consistent with these
promulgated standards.
                                                     2-10
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                  Chapter 3
                               Scoping Ground-Water Remedial Activities
3.1     Introduction

Before collecting any data, it is useful to conduct two planning
activities:

    !    Site   management   planning,   which   involves
        identification of the types of actions that are taken to
        address site problems and their optimal sequence

    !    Project planning, which includes such activities as
        scoping  data  collection  activities  and initiating
        identification of ARARs

Figure 3-1 illustrates the planning process for ground-water
remedial alternatives. This chapter will concentrate on site
management planning and scoping. These two tasks will be
discussed in terms of implementing remedial actions at sites
with ground-water contamination. Assistance  and advice in
conducting ground-water investigations can be obtained from
EPA  laboratory  resources-specifically  the  Environmental
Monitoring  Systems  Laboratory (Las Vegas,  Nevada)  for
monitoring  and site  characterization assistance and the
Robert S. Kerr Environmental  Research Laboratory (Ada,
Oklahoma) for fate and transport evaluations. In addition, other
Federal  agencies, including the U.S. Geological Survey, U.S.
Army  Corps of Engineers, Department of Interior, and the
Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, can also
provide assistance.

3.2     Site Management Planning

During site management planning, existing data are evaluated
and a  conceptual understanding of the site is developed. This
conceptual understanding should incorporate all known and
suspected sources of contamination,  types of contaminants
and affected  media,  routes  of migration,  and  human  and
environmental receptors. Site management planning is refined
as data are collected  and the  site characteristics  and
contaminant migration pathways are better understood.

Site management planning identifies the response approaches
that will  be taken to address the site
problems. Two  response  approaches  can  be  taken to
remediate ground water at Superfund sites:

    !    Removal actions  can be taken to prevent human
        exposure to contaminants  that may cause health
        effects  and to prevent further degradation of the
        ground water.
    !    Remedial actions can be taken as operable units.
        Operable units are (1) final actions that completely
        address a discrete area of a site or (2) interim actions
        taken  to  mitigate  a  threat  or  prevent  further
        degradation of ground water.

3.2.7    Removal Actions

Removal actions are authorized for any release that presents
a threat to public  health, welfare, or the environment,  as
determined by the lead agency (U.S. EPA, 1987J). CERCLA
limits Superfund-financed removal actions to $2 million and 12
months  unless the criteria for granting  an  exemption to the
statutory limits are satisfied.

In addressing ground-water contamination problems, removal
actions  may be used in several ways: (1) to provide alternate
water  supplies,   (2)  to  prevent  plume  migration   by
implementing methods such as barrier wells and  interceptor
trenches, (3) to pump and treat contaminated ground water,
or (4) to  control the source of  contamination  (e.g.,  by
excavating  soil hot spots or buried drums).  In determining
whether to use removal authority, the lead agency considers
the nature of the threat, the scope of the response, and the
availability of other response mechanisms.  Furthermore, if a
removal  action will be used for (1), (2), or (3) above, it must be
shown that an  existing drinking water supply is threatened
and that the removal program action level policy is satisfied.

The Office of Emergency and  Remedial Response (OERR)
action level policy1, discussed in greater  detail  in Section
3.2.1.1,  states that removal actions
                                                          1The action level referred to here is not the same as the action level that
                                                          triggers corrective action discussed in the RCRA regulations.
                                                      3-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
            SITE  MANAGEMENT
                 PLANNING
                                                    Collect Existing
                                                       Site Data
                                                  Develop Conceptual
                                                Understanding of the Site
                                                  - Nature & Extent of
                                                   Contamination
                                                  - Exposure Pathways
                                            Execute Limited
                                               Studies
                                                          Is
                                                        Limited
                                                   Field Investigation
                                                       Needed
                         Yes
                                             Plan Limited
                                               Studies
                                                      Develop Site
                                                      Management
                                                        Strategy
                                            Implement Any
                                           Removal Actions
                                                 '^vffr. ty/vj
                                                    ,,, w


                                                   • •>? X ^
                         ^AJ-.



                          *
                                                  Initiate Discussion of
                                                  Contaminant-Specific
                                                      ARARs for
                                                     Ground Water
Figure 3-1  Planning and Scoping Ground-Water Remedial Activites.
                                                        3-2
 Word-searchable Version - Not a true copy

-------
may  be implemented  if  (1)  the  numeric  action  levels
established by OERR are exceeded at the drinking water tap,
or (2) a site-specific health effects analysis is conducted, and
the analysis indicates that the site poses a serious  health
threat. Figure 3-2 indicates the steps under the removal action
level policy for  determining if a removal action  should be
implemented in  these cases.

    In general, removal actions are most useful for providing
alternate water supplies  and  source  control  actions.
Ground-water plume  control and treatment  is outside the
scope of removal authority for many  sites because  of the
$2-million/12-month  statutory  limits on  removal  actions.
However, there  are  two types  of statutory exemptions
available to these limits: (1) the emergency exemption, and
(2) the consistency exemption. Under the OERR action level
policy, to qualify for an emergency exemption, the  exemption
request must demonstrate that contaminant levels exceed the
10-day  health advisory, significantly  exceed  the  numeric
action levels, or that an emergency exists based on site-
specific factors.  If contaminant levels exceed the numeric
action  level  by only a  minimal  amount,  a consistency
exemption  may be warranted. The  Superfund  Removal
Procedures  manual  (U.S.  EPA,  1988f)  provides   more
information  on preparing an exemption request. States and
PRPs should be encouraged  to pursue  removal actions,
particularly provision of alternate water supplies as described
in the "Removal Program Priorities" memorandum (U.S. EPA,
1988e).

For any site at which a removal action is being considered,
the remedial project manager (RPM) should consult the
regional removal program  office to  ensure  that  removal
authorities and procedures are correctly understood. Although
an RI/FS and a Record of Decision (ROD) are not required for
removal actions, an Action Memorandum must be prepared for
all  removals, and  engineering evaluation/cost analysis is
required for certain removal actions.

3.2.1.1     Action Levels for Undertaking
           Removal Actions
Action levels to determine whether a removal action should be
implemented in response to ground-water contamination have
been established by OERR (U.S. EPA, 1987J). Action  levels
may be either: (1) numeric values based on drinking water
equivalent  levels  (DWELs)  and,  for  potential human
carcinogens, the 10~4 excess lifetime cancer risk level, or (2)
site-specific factors (see Chapter  4  for  a discussion  of
DWELs). Sites may qualify for removal action if the numeric
trigger is exceeded at the drinking water tap, or an  analysis of
site-specific factors  has been performed that indicates that a
significant health threat  exists.  Exhibit 3-1  presents an
example of a removal action taken because action levels were
exceeded. Removal actions to prevent  future health threats
may also be undertaken if it can be demonstrated  that a
numeric action level will be exceeded within 6 months.

Action Levels Based on Numeric Values. Numeric  action
levels for providing removal actions at Superfund sites are
summarized below:
     Carcinogens
                        Volatiles
Lower of (50% x
DWEL) and
10"4 excess
lifetime cancer
risk
     Noncarcinogens   50% x DWEL
                 Non-volatiles
Lower of DWEL
and 10"4 excess
lifetime cancer
risk
                 DWEL
Exceptions to Numeric Action Levels. Numeric action levels
should not be used for certain contaminants.  The ERD of
OERR will develop an action level on a site-specific basis for
two situations:

    !   The calculated action level fora contaminant is lower
       than or equal to the MCL, e.g., vinyl chloride.

    !   The calculated action level is based on the DWEL,
       but the 10-day health  advisory  is lower than the
       DWEL, e.g.,  barium.  Removal actions may be
       undertaken   if  the   concentrations   of   these
       contaminants exceed the DWEL. If the concentration
       is between the DWEL and the 10-day health advisory,
       ERD will review individual site conditions.

Action Levels Based on  Site-Specific  Factors. Removal
actions may  be undertaken on the  basis of site-specific
factors if a significant health  threat exists, even though the
numeric action level has not been  exceeded.  Under these
circumstances, the health  risks posed at the site must be
analyzed in detail, and the analysis must indicate that site-
specific factors result in a serious health threat.

ERD approval must be obtained before initiating any removal
action  an  the basis of  site-specific factors unless an
emergency exists, in which case ERD must be notified as
soon as possible.

3.2.1.2 Source Control

Removal actions can also be used to excavate hot spots such
as buried drums in soil and other contaminant sources. These
actions prevent or reduce further ground-water degradation.
Actions to remove surface and subsurface contamination do
not have to satisfy the removal action level policy, although
the Action Memorandum for the site must
                                                     3-3
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
    Exhibit 3-1.  Removal Action at the Cherokee Site
     The ground water throughout a major portion of Cherokee County, Kansas, is contaminated with metals as a result of past
     mining practices. Because soil contamination is very extensive, a source control action is not feasible. Remedial actions
     at the site are being considered for the overall region.

     Eight residences were found to have levels of cadmium in their drinking water above its action level of 17 ug/l, which is the
     DWEL.

     Upon evaluation of these data, the regional office determined that a removal action should be  implemented. In-line
     filtration/ion exchange systems were provided to reduce or eliminated toxic metal exposure to the eight families using the
     contaminated welts. Water samples were taken from the homes with the treatment systems to ensure that the families were
     being protected.
show that a threat to human health or the environment exists.

3.2.2   Operable Units

Operable units are portions of an overall response action that
by itself eliminates or  mitigates a release,  a threat of  a
release, or an exposure pathway. An operable unit may reflect
the final remediation of a defined portion of a site. Chapters 5
and 6 provide detailed  discussions of the process for defining
operable units and  evaluating  them to provide a basis  for
selecting a remedy. Examples of operable units related to
ground water include:

    !   Providing an alternate water supply
    !   Remediating a contaminant plume
    !   Remediating hot spots
    !   Remediating contamination in a shallow aquifer
    !   Remediating contamination in a deep aquifer

Source control actions are sometimes also implemented  as
operable units. Ground-water  remedial actions cannot  be
evaluated without considering source control actions, because
source control actions generally contribute to ground-water
restoration. Cleanup levels for soil should protect ground water
if there is  a  potential  for migration  to ground  water. A
ground-water action implemented before a source  control
action is selected should be based on an analysis of a range
of source control  actions and their effects on ground-water
remediation. Exhibit 3-2  is an example of a site with several
operable units.

The following factors can help to identify potential operable
units.

    !   Presence and location of hot spots-Can a remedial
        action be implemented to  reduce or eliminate hot
        spots without adversely affecting the overall plume?
    !    Site   geology,   including   hydrogeology   and
        stratigraphy-Can  one  zone  of  contamination  be
        remediated while  investigation of  other  zones of
        contamination continues, or are the zones too closely
        interconnected?

    !    Chemical and physical nature of contaminants as it
        affects  their  removal-Are   some  contaminants
        amenable to air-stripping, for example, while others
        are amenable to gradient control?

    !    Extent and location of threats to human health and
        the  environment-^  action  needed to alleviate a
        potential threat while the investigation continues?

At many sites, it is appropriate to implement  an operable unit
as an interim action before completing the RI/FS.  Operable
units taken as interim actions should eliminate, reduce, or
control human health risk; be consistent with the final remedy;
and satisfy the statutory requirements described in Chapter 2.
They  are  generally followed by  subsequent  remediation.
Ground-water interim actions include  source control actions
that prevent further ground-water degradation, provision of
alternate water supplies, and pump and treat actions. One
important  advantage of interim actions is  that they facilitate
the collection of valuable data that will reduce uncertainty at
the site and  lead  to  more effective  final remedies.  When
appropriate,  interim actions should be flexible and should
provide for contingency measures that are consistent with
information obtained during implementation. Documentation of
interim actions is described in Appendix C.

Interim actions may be implemented to prevent exposure to
contaminants  or prevent further degradation  of ground water
(by remediating hot spots, for example). This is discussed in
the following sections.
                                                       3-4
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
         Sample Drinking
           Water Wells
            Does Any
      "Contaminant Exceec
      Its Action Level or Will
        Any Action Level Be
         Exceeded within
            BMonths?,
                 ,Yes
No
 Conduct a Site-Specific
Health Effects Assessment
            Implement
      a Removal Action if the
      Site Otherwise Qualifies
           for Response
         Does
    Any Contaminant
     Pose a Serious
      Health Threat
                                                           Does
                                                      Any Emergency
                                                           Exist
                                                     Removal is
                                                     not Justified
                                                   Obtain Approval
                                                   from Emergency
                                                      Response
                                                    Division (ERD)
                                                  Implement Removal Action
                                                  if Site Otherwise Qualifies
                                                    for Response; Notify
                                                  ERD as Soon as Possible
Figure 3-2 Removal Action Level Policy Flow Chart.
                                                  3-5
 Word-searchable Version - Not a true copy

-------
        Exhibit 3-2. Identifying Operable Units
         The Combe Fill South Landfill, New Jersey, is an inactive municipal landfill consisting of three separate fill areas covering about 65
         acres. Because it is situated on a hill, surface water drains almost radially from the site. Leachate runoff,  ground water, and
         surface-water runoff from the southern portion of the site constitute the headwaters of Trout Brook, which flows southeast toward
         a river.

         Natural unconsolidated deposits of local soils and granitic saprolite overlie highly fractured granite bedrock. A shallow aquifer lies
         in the saprolite layer, saturating much of the waste, with a deeper aquifer in the fractured bedrock. The deep aquifer is the major
         source of potable water in the vicinity of the landfill. Numerous residential wells draw waterfrom this aquifer, and a municipal well
         is about 1 mile from the site. In localized areas, the shallow aquifer is able to provide domestic water supplies.

         The landfill was originally approved by the state for disposal of municipal and nonhazardous industrial wastes, sewage sludge,
         septic tank wastes, and waste oils. Approximately 5 million cubic yards of waste material are buried at the landfill.

         The Rl performed at the site revealed the presence of a wide range of contaminants, consistent with the  known uses of the site
         and the variety of wastes accepted there. The Rl produced three major findings:

             !   The ground water beneath the site has been contaminated by hazardous substances emanating from the landfill.  Both
                 the shallow and deep aquifers have been affected.

             !   Potable residential wells have been contaminated with various chemicals that have migrated offsite.

             !   Other wells farther downgradient of the site are at risk because of the continued offsite migration of the contaminated
                 ground water.

         The technical  components of the recommended alternative were proposed  in a single ROD and are as follows;

             !   Provision of an alternate water supply and, while the alternate water supply system is under construction, provision of
                 bottled water for affected residents

             !   An active collection and treatment system for landfill gases

             !   Expanded environmental monitoring of water, air, soils, and leachate

             !   A cap that covers the landfill

             !   Pumping and onsite treatment of shallow ground water and leachate

             !   Surface water controls to accommodate runoff

             !   A second-phase feasibility study to evaluate the need for remediation of the deep aquifer

         The main concern over pumping deep wells is the possibility of drawing  contaminated water down from the shallow aquifer.
         Because of the fractured nature of the bedrock, patterns of vertical flow and recovery are difficult to predict. Consequently, a more
         reasonable approach was to remediate the shallow aquifer to achieve the desired reduction in contaminant levels and then evaluate
         the need for deep aquifer pumping in a second-phase feasibility study. If vertical connections exist, pumping would be initiated in
         the deeper zone, if necessary, when contaminant levels in the shallow zone no longer pose a threat.
3.2.2.1  Interim Actions to Prevent Exposure
If the removal action levels discussed in Section 3.2.1.1 are
exceeded  and  the  site  otherwise  qualifies  for removal
response (that is, the action can be accomplished within the
$2-million/12-month   limits  or  satisfies  the   criteria   for
exemption), a removal action would generally be considered.
If exposure to contaminants does not meet the criteria for a
removal action, but drinking water supplies are threatened or
have been affected at levels below the removal action levels,
however, an interim action can be considered. Interim actions
for ground water are  appropriate when there  is  enough
information (e.g., contaminants of concern are identified) to
determine which remedial technology or process option (e.g.,
 well head treatment  or  an alternate water supply)  will  be
selected. It may not be necessary to complete a detailed  FS
since there will probably be a limited number of alternatives to
consider. Exhibit 3-3 presents an example of an interim action
that was implemented to prevent exposure to contaminated
ground water.

3.2.2.2  Interim Actions to Prevent Further Degradation
         of Ground Water

If contaminants are migrating away from the source or from a
contaminant hot spot and action  can be taken  to  prevent
expansion of the ground-water plume,  an
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                            3-6

-------
        Exhibit 3-3.  Interim Action: Alternate Source of Drinking water
          In Charlevoix, Michigan, an interim action was taken to supply the town with an alternate permanent source of drinking water. An
          RI/FS was subsequently completed to investigate the location of the source and the extent of contamination. A focused FS was
          conducted to evaluate alternatives for supplying water to Charlevoix, a town an Lake Michigan with a population of 5,000 during
          the summer months.  The town well was contaminated with 50 parts per billion (ppb) of trichloroethene, and  monitoring wells
          upgradient of the town well indicated that higher concentrations of both ttichloroethene and tetrachloroethenes were moving toward
          the well.

          Several alternatives were considered:

              !    Installation of new city wells

              !    Provision of bottled water

              !    Use of an adjacent community's water

              !    Installation of home treatment systems

              !    Treatment with granular-activated carbon or air-stripping

              !    Treatment of Lake Michigan water

          The alternative selected was to design an intake and treatment plant for the use of Lake Michigan water. In conjunction, well use
          restrictions in the area were implemented; wells may only be installed if a permit is obtained. Installation of new wells was rejected,
          because a new wollfield would have to have been  located a substantial distance away from the town, as contamination was
          extensive in  the large sand aquifer underlying the town. Water supply was inadequate in adjacent communities. Treatment
          alternatives were substantially more expensive than most of the other options, and bottled water and home treatment systems did
          not provide reliable long-term protection. Bottled water was supplied, however, until the selected alternative was in place.

          The interim action evaluation was completed in 6 months, and a ROD was signed in 1984. Design and construction of the treatment
          facility took place approximately 1 year later. The full RI/FS was completed at about the time plant startup began, at which time a
          second ROD was signed.


          Two factors motivated the rapid selection and implementation of this alternative: the town's sole source of drinking water was
          contaminated; and an alternate source of drinking water with unlimited supply and limited treatment requirements was available.
interim action to prevent further degradation  of ground water
while the RI/FS is being completed can be taken. The benefits
of an interim action must be balanced with the possibility that
the plume will be drawn farther away from the source because
of the early stage of the investigation and consequent  lack of
information about  the  site.  Key factors  to  consider  in
determining whether to implement this type of interim action
include:

     !   The estimated rate of plume expansion-this may be
        the   primary   factor   for   determining  the
        cost-effectiveness  of taking the action before  the full
        RI/FS has  been   completed.  If the contaminants
        potentially will migrate vertically or horizontally during
        the RI/FS, the cost of restoring this additional area of
        the  plume  should be  considered  in  light  of the
        cost-effectiveness  of initiating  the early action.

     !   The  location  of  sources   contributing  to the
        ground-water   contamination-if  the  sources   of
        ground-water  contamination   have  not  been  fully
        defined, the interim action could increase migration
        of   contaminants   from   unidentified   sources.
        Contingency  measures  should be  outlined  in the
        description of the  remedy, and
        methods  to  evaluate  whether or  not  they  are
        necessary should be implemented. This may include
        placement  of monitoring wells  upgradient of  the
        contaminated area  so that  unidentified  plumes  are
        detected before they reach the extraction wells.

     !   The stage  of plume characterization-initiation of
        ground-water extraction could alter the plume such
        that   concentration   gradients  are   no   longer
        continuous.  If the horizontal and vertical extent of
        contamination at the site has not been completely
        defined,  the resulting  distortion  may  make  full
        definition of the plume difficult.

Exhibit 3-4 presents  an example of an interim action that was
implemented to prevent further ground-water degradation.
3.3    Project Planning--Data
        Collection Activities
Data collection activities should be efficiently organized and
focused on site-specific  issues. Before identifying specific
data   collection   activities,   the   following  should   be
accomplished:
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                          3-7

-------
        Exhibit 3-4. Interim Action: Preventing Further Ground-Water Degradation
         An Interim action was taken at Tacoma well 12A before completion of the RI/FS to prevent the contaminant plume from contaminating
         the entire well field.

         Tacoma well 12Awasoneof 13 production wells serving the City of Tacoma, Washington, during peak summer water demand. Well
         12A had been found to be contaminated with approximately 500 parts per billion of 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane as well as by smaller
         concentrations of a few other volatile organic compounds. Monitoring wells installed in 1981 and sampled from 1981 through 1983
         had indicated the general extent of the plume. Well 12A was believed to be located at the leading edge of the plume, which was
         upgradient of the well field during the summer pumping season when the natural ground-water flow is reversed. There was concern
         that operation of the well field to meet peak water demand would draw contamination into the rest of the well field.

         The interim action involved designing an air-stripping system for well 12A, which was then pumped continuously to act as an
         interceptor well. Low levels of contamination in an adjacent well disappeared following initiation of pumping at the interceptor well.
         The air-stripping design allowed treated water to enter the drinking water system. The system was still in operation in 1988.

         The benefits of the interim action include:

              !    The interim action was implemented rapidly, in time for use during the peak demand period

              !    The well field was protected from contamination

              !    Only one air-stripping system had to be installed

         The project took about  6 months to complete from the time a ROD was signed. The RI/FS for the project was completed in
         approximately 2 years, when another ROD was signed.

         A ground-water treatment system at the source was subsequently installed.

         The factors that made this interim action possible included:

              !    A general  understanding of the relationship of the source to the well field

              !    Contaminants amenable to treatment

              !    Information on contaminant concentration such that the inlet design criteria  of the air-stripping system could be specified

              !    Active cooperation by local, State, and Federal agencies

         Without knowing plume concentration and extent, design of the system would have been less certain.
     !   Any  existing  or imminent  exposures should  be
        eliminated using removal authority as discussed in
     i
        Section 3.2.1
        Potential exposure pathways should be identified
     !   Site-specific questions  related to aquifer class and
        appropriate response should be considered

     !   A thorough examination of existing data should  be
        completed before collecting additional data during the
        Rl

The  potential  exposure  pathways  are generally identified
before  RI/FS  activities  have   been  initiated.  Figure  3-3
illustrates   potential  exposure  pathways  at   sites  with
contaminated  ground water. If  ground  water at any depth
below the  site  could  be  used  for drinking  water, any
abandoned wells that could serve as conduits for contaminant
movement to  uncontaminated  aquifers should  be located.
Method for  Determining the  Locations of Abandoned Wells
(NWWA, 1987) provides guidance on this subject.

The  evaluation of existing data includes evaluating  logs of
existing wells in the area to provide geologic
information.  Other  sources  of existing  data  that  provide
information for scoping are listed  in Table 2-1  of the RI/FS
Guidance. Information can also be obtained from the U.S.
Geological Survey or State and local agencies that collect and
inventory hydrogeologic and well-construction information.

A  thorough site-specific  data-collection strategy  will  be
organized to address  the investigation goals  listed  below.
Questions  to  focus  these  data  collection  activities  are
presented in Table 3-1.

     !   Characterization of the hydrogeology (i.e., geology
        and  ground-water  hydrology,  including   aquifer
        properties)

     !   Characterization of contamination  (i.e., plume size
        and composition)
     i
     i
        Evaluation of plume movement and response
     !   Assessment  of  design  parameters  for  potential
        treatment technologies
        Consideration of technical uncertainty
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                           3-8

-------
    Contaminant
      Source
Contaminant
  Release
Contaminant
 Transport
Receptor
  Point
Exposure
  Route
 Exposed
Population

• Ingestion
• Inhalation
• Dermal Absorption


>,






                                                                         Ingestion
                                                                         Inhalation
                                                                         Dermal Absorption
                                                                        > Inhalation
                                                                        > Dermal Absorption
                                                                         > Inhalation
                                                                         > Dermal Absorption
                                                                         . Ingestion
                                                                         , Inhalation
                                                                         i Dermal' Absorption
                                                                        > Incidental Ingestion
                                                                        > Inhalation
                                                                        > Dermal Absorption
                                                                        > Uptake by Aquatic
                                                                         Organisms
                                                                              i Aquatic Organisms
                                                                              > Site Users
                                                                              * Terrestrial Organisms
                                                                               That Ingest Aquatic
                                                                               Organisms or Water
                                                                              »People Who Fish &
                                                                               Hunt at the Site or
                                                                               Drink the Water
                                                                         , Inhalation
                                                                         i Dermal Absorption
Figure 3-3  Exposure Pathway Related to Ground Water.
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                          3-9

-------
Table 3-1.    Questions to Focus Data Collection Activities
        Level of Contamination
                 -Will contaminants continue to migrate from the source to the ground water at levels that exceed
                      health-based or environment-based standards?

                 -Is current ground-water contamination above health-based or environment-based levels?

                 -Is there a significant potential for contamination above health-based or environment-based
                      levels?

                 -Will natural attenuation result in contaminant levels below health-based or environment-based
                      levels?
                                         -Which ground-water classification describes the ground water?
  Exposure to
  Contamination
  on the Basis of
  Ground-Water
  Classification
Class I or IIA      -Is any domestic well water contaminated above health-based levels?

                 -Is an alternative water supply in use?

                 -Is the ground water ecologically vital?
                       Class IIB          -Are unaffected downgradient wells that serve substantial populations irreplaceable?

                                         -Is there a reasonable potential for domestic, agricultural, or other beneficial uses of water from the
                                             area of the plume?
                       Class III
                                         -Could the contamination migrate and contaminate Classes I, IIA, or IIB ground water or surface
                                              water?
                       Single Non-
                       aqueous Phase
                 -Is the flashpoint of the non-aqueous phase below 80 degrees F?

                 -Is metal removal required?

                 -Can the non-aqueous liquid be recycled?
 Contaminant
 Properties
 Affecting
 Treatment
Single Aqueous
Phase
-Is metal removal required?

-If all the metals in the waste concentrate in the sludge, will the sludge be a hazardous waste?

-Will concentrations in the sludge be above the land disposal restrictions, or must sludge be treated
    meet ARARs?

-Is organic removal required and feasible?

-Are the organics toxic to biomass?
                       Mixed Phases
                                         -Will pumping result in an emulsion?
  Response
  Action
                       Natural
                       Attenuation
Containment
                 -Will natural attenuation result in contaminant levels below health-based or environment-based
                      levels at all wells?
                                         -Would natural attenuation of the plume result in significant sp
                                          health-based or environment-based levels beyond current bi
I                                                                       read of contaminants above
                                                                       oundaries?
-Would the plume enter surface water where the resultant concentration of a contaminant would
    increase to a statistically significant level?

-Is there confidence that institutional controls within the boundaries of the plume would be
    effective during natural attenuation, considering growth rate in the area and other potential
    increases in water demand?


-Would a containment system be effective in limiting plume expansion during extraction?

-Are contaminants amenable to containment by a slurry wall?

-Would a slurry wall be technically feasible to construct?

-Would construction of a slurry wall result in adverse environmental impacts?

-Would a low-rate pumping system or French-drain system be technically feasible to construct
    and operate?
                                                                                                                       (continued)
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                              3-10

-------
Table 3-1.    Continued
 Response        Extraction &
 Action           Discharge
 (continued)
                  Biodegradation
-Is the aquifer amenable to extraction, considering transmissivity, interconnection, etc?

-Can any surface water in the vicinity accept treated discharge?

-Would a ground-water recharge option such as infiltration trenches or spray irrigation be
  feasible?

-Is a publicly-owned treatment works (POTW) available for discharge?

-Can permission be obtained to discharge to the POTW?

-Will pretreatment be required before discharging to the POTW?


-Is the site environment compatible with biodegradation considering climate, soil, biota, surface
  water, and ground water?

-Can the waste be treated biologically considering physical and  chemical characteristics, toxicity,
  enhancement requirements, degradabitity of related compounds, and by-products of
  degradation?

-Is on-site or off-site biodegradation prevented by regulation?

-Will biodegradation increase the mobility of contaminants and possibly worsen the ground-water
  contamination threat?

-Will safety or environmental considerations preclude biodegradation as an alternative
  considering  site and waste characteristics?

-Will public health and welfare considerations prevent the timely  use of biodegradation?
Each of these goals is described in the sections that  follow.

To ensure that the data generated to address these goals are
adequate to support a decision, a clear definition  of the
objectives and the method by which decisions will be made
must be established early in  the  project planning  phase.
These determinations are facilitated through the development
of qualitative and quantitative data quality objectives (DQOs)
specified to  ensure that data of known and appropriate quality
are obtained  in support  of  remedial  actions and Agency
decisions. The process for determining DQOs  is described in
detail in Data Quality Objectives for Remedial Activities (DQO
Manual) (U.S. EPA, 1987d)

Sources of technical information that describe the design of
remedial alternatives are referenced throughout the following
discussion.   In  addition,  regional and  EPA laboratory
representatives have formed a ground-water forum that meets
periodically  to discuss technical issues that have arisen at
sites; members of this forum may  be contacted to discuss
technical concerns. Also, the ground-water work station, an
analytical ground-water computer system, is available at the
Regions to assist  in visualizing and modeling ground-water
contamination (U.S. DOE, 1986 and 1988).

3.3.1 Characterization of the Hydrogeology
To analyze data relating to the distribution and movement of
contaminants in the subsurface, it is necessary to understand
the site  hydrogeology. Pertinent information includes the
physical properties and three-dimensional characteristics of
the geologic formations; the ground-water hydrology including
                            location of recharge and discharge zones, piezometric surface
                            for each hydrogeologic unit, seasonal or long-term fluctuations
                            in water levels for each unit; and  the  hydraulic properties
                            (transmissivity,  storage coefficient)  of the  aquifers  and
                            aquitards.

                            3.3.1.1 Geology
                            The majority of information  regarding the geologic formations
                            and related structures underlying the site will be  obtained
                            through  the  description of  sediment  samples   collected
                            during drilling  of  soil borings and monitoring wells.  It is
                            worthwhile to describe all strata underlying the site to at least
                            the maximum  depth of known or potential contamination
                            and   generate a  reliable  and   complete  description
                            of     the     subsurface     geology.      Continuous
                            core samples can  be collected using auger or rotary drilling
                            methods.   In   addition  to   laboratory   analysis,   in
                            situ  analysis can  also be made  of the  geology through
                            borehole and other geophysical methods. These methods can
                            provide many of the  same parameters determined through
                            laboratory analysis,  at a reduced  cost. Other geophysical
                            methods can provide information  on the  extent of certain
                            plumes, areas of buried trenching operations, and abandoned
                            well locations.

                            The information obtained during the geologic investigation can
                            be presented in geologic cross sections and fence diagrams.
                            Laboratory analysis of sediment or rock samples may include
                            grain  size analysis, plasticity, moisture  content, dry density,
                            clay
                                                        3-11
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
mineralogy identification, partition  coefficient for  pertinent
chemicals, and hydraulic conductivity.

3.3.1.2. Ground-Water Hydrology
Ground-water  movement  can  be  analyzed through  the
measurement of water levels in wells and piezometers.  It is
helpful to  categorize wells  according  to the elevation  and
geologic  formation  of the  screened  interval so  that  the
horizontal  and vertical gradients of hydraulic potential can be
analyzed separately. If there are enough measuring points, a
contour map of the piezometric surface of each aquifer can be
prepared.  The  contour map can be evaluated to determine
possible areas of ground-water recharge and discharge and to
identify the direction of ground-water movement.  Water level
data collected from all the wells  on the same day provides the
most representative information  for producing a potentiometric
surface map. In addition, to indicate the magnitude and period
of fluctuations as well as any long-term change  in  water
levels, it is generally  recommended that data be  collected
from a subset of wells over a period of time and plotted as a
hydrograph to determine short-term tidal fluctuations or long-
term seasonal  fluctuations.

3.3.1.3 Aquifer Properties
Aquifer  tests  can  be  used  to determine  the hydraulic
properties  of the aquifers and  aquitards within the area of
interest, and to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of
an extraction system. These test are conducted by artificially
causing ground-water movement either through  pumping or
injecting water and then monitoring the fluctuations in ground-
water levels.

Aquifer test are conducted  to  measure aquifer  parameters
such as transmissivity, hydraulic conductivity, and the storage
coefficient. These parameters are used  to estimate  the
ground-water flow rate, the optimal pumping rate  for ground-
water extraction, proper well location,  and plume migration
behavior. Vertical hydraulic conductivities can be evaluated by
monitoring the water levels in observation  wells that  are
screened at different depths than the pumping well.

It is beneficial to conduct aquifer  pumping tests during an
RI/FS whenever ground-water extraction is expected to be part
of the remedy. Because one of the objectives of an aquifer
test during RI/FS activities  may be to design an extraction
well system, the  most accurate information will be obtained
when  the pumping well is placed in the same formation and
pumped at the same rate as the proposed extraction system.

When scoping an aquifer test, it  is important to  consider
disposal of contaminated ground water (see Section 2.4.1 for
potential requirements for this discharge). Temporary  onsite
storage of treated water may be required if the water cannot
 be discharged.
Additional information on aquifer tests can be found in Applied
Hydrogeology (Fetter, 1988) and Groundwater  and  Wells
(Driscoll, 1986).

3.3.2   Characterization of Contamination
This section presents technical information about methods
used to  characterize the  hydrogeology and ground-water
contamination of a site. Topics discussed  include indicator
chemicals,  plume definition, and contaminant-soil interaction.
Although not discussed in  this  guidance, source areas also
should be defined to characterize contamination that  might
pose as ongoing threat to the ground water.

Information  about the contaminant mix and spatial distribution
of the  plume is generally needed  to  select and  analyze
remedial alternatives during screening and  detailed analysis
phases. Physical and chemical properties  of contaminants,
such as density and solubility, should be assessed because
they influence plume movement. It should be recognized that
some contaminants  may  not  be detectable using routine
analytical services,  though they are present at levels that
would  be above  cleanup  levels. In these cases, special
analytical services, may have to be used.

3.3.1.1 Indicator Chemicals
Indicator chemicals are those  site  contaminants that  are
generally the most  mobile and toxic  in  relation  to their
concentration; consequently, they reflect the majority  of the
risk posed  by the site. Generally indicator chemicals  are
selected on the  basis of toxicity,  mobility,  persistence,
treatability,  and volume of contaminants at the site. By initially
identifying these constituents and then limiting  analysis to
those constituents during the investigation, analyzed  costs
can be reduced. During initial testing of the remedial action,
however, samples should be analyzed for  all contaminants
present  to   ensure   that  indicator  chemicals  have  been
appropriately selected.

Indicator chemicals  are used  during modeling  and during
some  monitoring activities  to reduce  cost  and  simplify
characterization of the site and remedial alternatives. Samples
are generally analyzed once for total metals, cyanide,  semi-
volatiles, volatiles, and major anions and cations;  periodically
for those contaminants found at the site;  and more frequently
(e.g., during aquifer tests) for  indicator chemicals. Before
completing  the remedial action, samples should be analyzed
for all contaminants  originally detected.

All   migration   pathways   should   be   considered  when
determining indicator  chemicals,  particularly  when  the
proposed treatment results in transferring  contaminants
between media. For example, chemicals
                                                      3-12
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
treated in an air stripper may cause inhalation threats but not
ingestion threats. Consequently, those chemicals should be
considered for selection as indicator chemicals. Chemical
structure may also  guide selection  of indicator chemicals
since chemicals with similar structure  often  have similar
properties; this is the basis of quantitative structure-activity
relationships (QSAR), which  are discussed in  the scientific
literature. One method for selecting indicator chemicals can
be found in the Superfund Public Health Evaluation Manual
(U.S. EPA, 1986f).

3.3.2.2 Plume Definition
Determining both  the horizontal and vertical extent of a
contaminant plume  is a  complex problem. In addition to
sampling ground-water monitoring wells, a wide variety of field
techniques such  as  soil  gas  analysis and  geophysical
surveys (U.S. EPA,  1988g) can be used to obtain  relevant
data.  The  locations of the  monitoring wells should  be
determined from ground-water flow directions estimated from
existing site data. It  is best to obtain  the advice of someone
with hydrogeology experience to determine where  to place
wells and at what depth they should  be screened on a site-
specific basis. It is usually most efficient to install wells in a
phased  approach,  i.e., increasing the distances from the
source area in three dimensions with each subsequent round
of investigation.  Sources and  methods for  obtaining the
information needed to assess the extent  and  movement of a
ground-water  plume  are listed  in  Table 3-7 of the  RI/FS
Guidance. Technical details of methods listed in the table can
be found in the Compendium  of Superfund Field Operations
Methods (Compendium ) (U.S.  EPA,  1987c) and the RCRA
Ground-Water Monitoring Technical Enforcement Guidance
Document (TEGD) (U.S.  EPA,  1986e). When it becomes
clear  that  contaminants  have  migrated  beyond  property
boundaries,  and  effort  should be initiated  to  identify
neighboring  property  owners  and  obtain access to the
properties  necessary to  complete  the investigation.  The
Superfund  Enforcement Branch at  EPA Region  IX  has
prepared a sample letter requesting property access. A copy
of this letter is provided in Appendix F.

3.3.2.3 Contaminant-Soil Interaction
Since ground-water  extraction is frequently a component of
ground-water  remediation,   it  is  important  during  site
characterization to collect the data needed to  estimate the
effectiveness of pumping to remove contaminants to cleanup
levels. The sorption  characteristics of the particular soil and
contaminants present at the  site affect  extraction  and can
substantially increase the restoration time frame for remedies
that depend on extraction of ground water. Core  sampling and
the resultant analysis of the saturated zone  can provide
important sorption data.
While extensive sorption data may not be needed to extract
dissolved product or pure organic phase liquids that are lighter
than the aqueous phase, it is  difficult to  extract residual
ground-water contamination that  has saturated the soil such
that  levels remaining are predicted to continue to  cause
ground-water contamination above health-based levels.

The  partition coefficient  (Kp) can be  used to  indicate the
tendency of a contaminant to sorb to the soil from the ground
water and desorb from the soil to the ground water. The Kp is
defined as the ratio of the concentration of contaminant in soil,
• g/g, to the concentration of contaminant in ground  water,
• g/ml. For organic compounds, the Kp can be estimated using
the fraction of a contaminant that  is in the aqueous phase and
from an analysis of total organic carbon. Thermodynamic and
kinetic variables can be used to estimate Kp for metals.

More accurate values  for  Kp  are  obtained  from  direct
measurements in  bench  scale  sorption  studies. Studies
should be designed to measure desorption as opposed to
adsorption  or absorption  because  the   mechanism  for
desorption is frequently different. While estimated values of Kp
are of adequate precision in some cases, it may be desirable
to reduce uncertainty. Estimated values of Kp often are only
precise  to  three  to five  orders  of magnitude while values
determined in the  laboratory are  generally accurate to within
one to two orders of magnitude.

3.3.3  Analysis of Plume Movement and Response
Ground-water modeling performed during the RI/FS process
can  be  used as a tool  to estimate  plume movement and
response to various remedies. However, caution should be
used when applying models at Superfund sites because there
is  uncertainty whenever  subsurface movement is modeled,
particularly when  the results of the  model are  based  on
estimated parameters.

The  purposes  of  modeling ground-water  flow  include the
following:

     !  Guide  the  placement  of  monitoring   wells and
       hydrogeologic characterization when  the  Rl  is
       conducted in phases

     ! Predict  concentrations of contaminants at exposure
       points

     !  Estimate  the effect of  source-control actions  on
       ground-water remediation

     !  Evaluate expected remedy performance during the FS
       so that the rate  of restoration can  be predicted and
       the cost effectiveness comparisons can be made
                                                     3-13
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Various  models  are  available  to  predict  contaminant
concentrations and remedy performance. These vary in the
number of simplifying assumptions that must be made, the
cost of running the model, and the level of effort needed.

More  complex  models  incorporate  more  information  and
require more  data and  expertise to run. Regardless of the
complexity of the model, however, representative input data must be
used to obtain reliable results, and the results of the models must be
interpreted  correctly. The determination  of whether or not to
use modeling and the level of effort that should be expended is
made on the basis of the objectives of the modeling, the ease
with  which  the  subsurface   can   be  conceptualized
mathematically, and  the availability  of data.  Figure 3-4
presents a flow chart  of the decisions and the  activities
associated with formulating and implementing a ground-water
model. A case study illustrating how models might be used at
a Superfund site is presented in Exhibit 3-5.

Table 3-2 lists some of the processes evaluated and variables
used when modeling ground water. Field data are collected to
characterize  some  of  the variables  listed  in  the table.
Estimates based on literature values or professional judgment
are frequently used as well. The factors listed in the second
column of Table  3-2 are  not typically modeled but can
significantly affect contaminant movement at some sites.
These factors  should  be  considered  qualitatively when
appropriate. Information  on ground-water  modeling can  be
obtained from the Center of Exposure Assessment Modeling,
Athens, Georgia,  (phone number 404/546-3546) and the
International  Ground-Water Modeling  Center  at  Butler
University, Indianapolis, Indiana. In addition, the Office of Solid
Waste (OSW) is preparing guidance on the implications for
modeling the factors in Table 3-2 in the forthcoming Handbook
of Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Ground
Water.  Finally, the Office of Health  and Environmental
Assessment  has  developed  guidance on  modeling  for
exposure assessments (U.S. EPA, Review Draft, June 1987).

3.3.4   Assessment of Design Parameters for
        Potential Treatment Technologies
A range of remedial alternatives is identified early in the RI/FS
process  to focus data  collection  activities  on remedy
selection. The design of many remedial technologies requires
data that may not generally be collected during the Rl. It is
important to consider data needs for design during scoping to
reduce the amount of time needed to select and implement
the remedy.  Table  3-3 list some of the  data needs  for
evaluation and design of various remedial technologies.

Frequently, the  best way to develop meaningful and reliable
design criteria is to conduct a treatability
study to establish the effectiveness of a particular remedial
alternative or remedial technology. The need for treatability
studies should  be identified during the scoping process when
possible so they can be initiated early in the RI/FS to avoid
affecting  the overall project schedule. The advantages  of
treatability studies should be weighed against the increase in
time and  cost for conducting them.

Other site-specific information can affect remedial design. An
example of site-specific information that may be important to
evaluate is the  presence of naturally occurring radionuclides
at a site.  Radionuclides extracted with the contaminated soil
vapor or  ground water may accumulate on the collection
media designed to remove the site contaminants. If buildup of
radionuclides on the collection media is found to occur there
is the potential  for  personnel  exposure  problems  and
additional transportation and disposal requirements. A study
assessing the  potential  for this type  of buildup to occur is
under way in a joint project being conducted by OERR and
the Office of Radiation Programs.

3.3.5  Technical Uncertainty
This  section  describes  situations   in   which  technical
uncertainty can arise and discusses how to address technical
uncertainty so that cost-effective decisions can be made
about data collection.

Data collected  during the Rl are used  primarily to support a
cleanup decision.  It is important to  recognize that some
technical uncertainty is inherent in RI/FS process. Reducing
this uncertainty should be weighed against time and resource
limitations, and often remedy selection should move ahead
using best  professional judgment  even  if the  level  of
uncertainty is  high. The value of collecting and analyzing
additional data for remedy  selection is related to how much
the  information helps distinguish  remedial  alternatives  and
what the technical uncertainty is of the performance of these
alternatives.

Technical uncertainty arises from the following determinations:

    !  Predicting the nature, extent, and movement of
       contamination

       -  Source volume, concentration, and timing of
           release

       -  Physical, chemical, and biological
           characteristics of contaminants

       -  Contaminant dispersion and diffusion

    !  Determining contaminant movement through the
       vadose zone
                                                     3-14
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Exhibit 3-5.  Ground-Water Modeling at a Superfund Site
An abandoned industrial facility was found to be contaminating ground water when solvents were detected at low levels at a nearby municipal well.
The site was listed on the National Priorities List, and an RI/FS was initiated.

Background

Soil at the site was found to be contaminated with several volatile organic compounds including tetrachloroethene, trichloroethene, vinyl chloride, and
trans-1,2- dichloroethene. To characterize the extent of the soil contamination, a soil sampling grid was set up at 50-foot centers in the suspected source
areas, and samples were taken at 2.5-foot intervals in the saturated zone, which terminated in bedrock. Samples were also collected from the bedrock
layer to determine contaminant migration at this depth.  From analysis of the soil and bedrock samples, the total mass of contaminants was estimated.

A source control remedy to remove the most highly contaminated soils in the unsaturated zone was completed to prevent further degradation of the
ground water. Also, ground-water wells were installed at several of the boring locations.  Samples of ground water indicated that concentrations of
volatile organic solvents had reached levels as high as 50 ppm. Because the municipal well was screened in the contaminated aquifer, pumping at this
well was temporarily stopped to prevent further spreading of the plume.

On the basis of data taken from the municipal well, the aquifer was determined to be permeable enough to use extraction practicably. It was anticipated
that a large mass of contaminants would be extracted with the ground water because the solubilities of many of the contaminants were high. Therefore,
ground-water extraction and treatment was  expected to be part of the ground-water remedy at this site. An aquifer test was performed to determine
the optimal pumping rate.

To actively restore the ground water to  health-based levels and remove remaining contaminants from the unsaturated zone, it was proposed to dig
trenches and flush the aquifer by reinjecting treated ground water to the saturated zone. The low levels of contaminants found in the bedrock layer were
predicted to be removed because pumping the upper zone would induce an upward vertical gradient in the bedrock formation.

The remedial action objectives were as follows:

     !    Cleanup levels for individual constituents were based on health-based levels for drinking water and  result in a total volatile organics (TVO)
         concentration of 80 ppb

     !    The area of attainment includes the entire contaminant plume because, upon completion of the proposed remedial action, there will be noonsite
         containment or management of waste

     !    The restoration time frame was estimated using several modeling approaches as described in the next section

Modeling Restoration Time Frame

Three ground-water models were used to reflect the site situation and evaluate the sensitivity of the predicted restoration time frame to various parameter
estimates and physical processes:

     !    Batch flushing model

     !    Continuous  flushing model

     !    Simple advection/dispersion model

Batch Flushing Model. The batch flushing model was used to calculate the restoration time frame an the basis of equilibrium batch  flushing. This model
takes  into account the porosity of the soil,  the organic carbon partition coefficient of the contaminants, the organic content of the  soils, and the
ground-water pumping rate. The soil porosity and organic content were determined from field data while the organic carbon partition coefficient was
estimated from the literature (Lyman, 1982).  The soil/water partition coefficient was calculated from the product of the fraction of organic carbon in soils
and the chemical-specific organic carbon partition coefficient:

                                                     Kd = KOC x foe
where

         K(j   =   soil/water partition  coefficient
         KQC  =   organic carbon partition coefficient
         foe  =   fraction of the soil that is organic carbon

The number of pore volumes (aquifer flushes) per unit time could be calculated using estimates of the optimal ground-water pumping rate, the volume
of contaminated area, the porosity of the soil, and the partition coefficients for the various contaminants. Using the batch flushing model, remedial action
to 80 ppb of TVOs was estimated to take approximately 27 years. A more detailed description of this calculation can be found in Appendix D.


                                                               3-15

  Word-searchable Version —  Not a true copy

-------
Exhibit 3-5.     Continued
Continuous Flushing Model. The continuous flushing model uses a laboratory-derived leaching rate (partitioning) constant to determine the time it would
take to flush the volatile organic compounds out of the saturated soils. A mass balance approach is used to calculate contaminant concentration changes
with the number of control volumes of contaminated soils (the control volume is a unit volume of soil). This information is then used to determine the time
required to reach cleanup levels throughout the entire plume. The application of this model requires contaminant concentration data for both the saturated
soils and the ground water, in addition to the leaching rate constant The fundamental mass balance relationship is as follows:

                VOC mass in           VOC mass in         VOC mass                 VOC mass leached

                 ground water     =    ground water     -    removed through       +     into ground

                 at time t                at time t-1              pumping                   water from soil

The leaching rate constant was determined from bench-scale tests of three saturated soil cores of varying contaminant  concentrations. This model
predicted a restoration  time frame of 9 years. A more detailed description of the model is found in Appendix D.

Advection/Dispersion Model. The simple advection/dispersion model assumes steady-state flow with an instantaneous release of contaminants into
ground water. This model requires estimating the coefficient of molecular diffusion for the contaminants and takes into account the fact that diffusion
is occurring in a porous medium. As the contaminant mass is transported through the flow system, the concentration distribution of the contaminant mass
at time t is given by the following expression:

                                                    M                -X2       Y*        Z2
                                *•**•*    5Urrrt3/2 D D DVZ        4D t     4D t     4D t
                                                     x  y  z             x          ^          z
where:
     C            =          concentration
     M            =          mass of contaminant introduced at the point source
     t             =          time
     Dx,y,z          =          coefficients of dispersion in the x, y, and z directions
     X, Y, Z       =          distances in the x, y, and z directions

This model  calculated a restoration time frame of 5 years. A more detailed description of this model can be found in Groundwater (Freeze and Cherry,
1979, page 395).

Summary
By using three different models, the effect of the model assumptions on the projected restoration time frame could be evaluated. The restoraton time
frames predicted by the three models are summarized below:

              Model       Treatment Time
         Batch flushing     27 years
     Continuous flushing       9 years
     Advection/dispersion     5 years

The batch flushing model predicted a longer restoration time frame than either of the other models because it used the concentration of VOC contaminants
in ground water to calculate the theoretical concentrations in soil. Because the calculated soil contaminant concentrations were higher than the soil
concentrations determined from sampling and analysis, it was determined that this model did not adequately predict actual site conditions. The higher soil
concentrations caused the model to predict a longer restoration time frame, which appeared to be unrealistic.

The continuous flushing model is based on site soil and ground-water data as well  as an experimentally-derived  leaching constant. For these reasons,
it was the preferred model. The model is very sensitive to the dynamic leaching constant; therefore, it was important to collect representative soil cores
from the site.  Extensive soil and ground-water data were also needed to accurately assess the extent of contamination.

The advection/dispersion model greatly oversimplified the site hydrogeology and chemical characteristics of adsorption and partitioning and for this reason
underestimated the treatment time needed to restore the aquifer to the desired cleanup levels.

References:

Lyman, W. J.,  W.F. Reehl, and D.H. Rosenblatt, Handbook of Chemical Property Estimation Methods, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1982. Freeze, R.A.

and J.A. Cherry, Groundwater, Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1979.



                                                              3-16

 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
          Change Assumptions,
           Choose New Model,
        Change Parameter Values
                                    No
                                                 Formulate Problem
                                               • Cleanup Levels
                                               • Exposure Scenarios
                                               • Restoration Time Frame
                                                   Conceptualize
                                                   Physical System
                                                       Will an
                                                   Available Model
                                                 Simulate the Physical
                                                       System
        Does
"Model Match Historical
        Data
                                                     Yes
                                       Collect Additional Data
                                           or Use Best
                                       Professional Judgment
>
Yes
Estimate Parameter
Values to Be Used
as Model Input
5
r
Solve Equations;
Perform Model Executions
>
f
Calibrate Model
>
I
                                                        Impose
                                               New Conditions and Forecast
                                                    System Response
Figure 3-4   The Steps of Formulating and Implementing Ground-Water Model.
                                                        3-17
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
        Table 3-2.    Processes and Variables Applicable to Ground-Water Modeling
                                   Processes and Variables Frequently
                                       Incorporated in Models'11
                                                            Processes and Variables That
                                                                Should Be Considered
                                                                   Qualitatively (2)
        Physical
        Chemical
        Biological
Flow in saturated porous media
- advection
- hydrodynamic dispersion
- molecular diffusion
- density stratification
- aquifer properties and heterogeneities
- hydraulic head distribution
- hydrogeologic boundaries
- aquifer recharge
- evapotranspiration

Radionuclide decay

Sorption
Flow in fractured media
                                                                               Particle transport in any medium
                                                                               Flow in unsaturated porous media
                                                                               Multiphase flow in any medium
Redox reactions

Ion exchange
Complexation
Co-solvation
Volatilization
Precipitation

Microbial population dynamics
Substrate utilization
Biotransformation
Adaptation
Co-metabolism
       (1)Site-specific conditions will determine which data are required to model desired processes or determine
             variables.
       (2)These processes and variables can be modeled, but such models are state-of-the-art.
  - Hydraulic conductivity and soil water potential
  - Moisture content of soil
  - Chemical and biological characteristics of soil

• Estimating the rate and direction of the ground-water flow

  - Hydraulic conductivity (viscosity, density, permeability)
  - Anisotropy and heterogeneity of hydrogeology
  - Aquifer characteristics  (porosity  and  organic carbon
    content)

  - Aquifer stresses arising, for example, from ground-water
    pumping  at other  wells and  infiltration  (naturally and
    artificial recharge)

  - Seasonal  variation in ground-water levels
  - Tidal/pressure effects
  - Storage characteristics of the aquifer
  - Aquifer thickness and  areal extent
• Estimating the cost of remedial alternatives

When deciding how much  information to  collect, one should
examine the extent to  which the additional information will
reduce the uncertainty of remedy selection  and predicted
performance of remedial alternatives (e.g., see  the discussion
on  contaminant-soil interactions  in Section  3.3.2.3).  For
example, in deciding how  much uncertainty is  acceptable for
                                        hydraulic conductivity, one should consider how much the
                                        uncertainty  in hydraulic conductivity  affects uncertainty  in
                                        remedy selection.  If the additional information allows one to
                                        distinguish  between two alternatives, it is probably worthwhile
                                        to  collect the information. Frequently, however,  it  is not
                                        possible to  significantly reduce the uncertainty in the variables
                                        that contribute most to the overall uncertainty of the decision.

                                        To assess the  effect of uncertainty  in  some variables a
                                        sensitivity analysis can be performed. A sensitivity analysis
                                        evaluates how the uncertainty  in particular variables affects
                                        the  predicted   cost  and  effectiveness  of the  remedial
                                        alternatives.  To conduct  a sensitivity  analysis, values  of
                                        variables are systematically changed,  and estimates of cost
                                        and  effectiveness  are   recalculated  to  determine  the
                                        importance of each assumption. Alternatively, a different but
                                        equally plausible ground-water flow model  could  be used.
                                        Uncertainty in variables that have the greatest effect on the
                                        prediction of the  uncertainty of remedy performance should be
                                        closely examined.

                                        Instead of conducting  a  formal  sensitivity  analysis,  an
                                        informal approach  can be  used to decide whether to collect
                                        additional data to characterize a variable such as cost. In this
                                        case, the two or three largest sources of uncertainty related
                                        to  characterizing cost should be identified. If the additional
                                        data would reduce the uncertainty inexpensively and in a
                                        reasonable period
                                                         3-18
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Table 3-3.   Typical Technology Selection and Design Parameters

            Technology                       Typical Screening Parameters
                                                         Typical Design Parameters3
  Extraction
 Air-stripping
Aquifer storage coefficient
Soil type/porosity
Hydraulic conductivity
Aquifer saturated thickness
Contaminant sorpton
Contaminant solubility

Contaminant volatility
Disposal of treated water
Aquifer parameters
Depth to the aquifer
Number of wells
Well extraction rate
Contaminant distribution
Presence of non-aqueous phase

Ground-water temperature
Influent flow rate
Contaminant concentrations
  Carbon adsorption
  Chemical destruction
  (e.g., KPEG, peroxide
  treatment)

  Metals precipitation
  Nonaqueous phase
  separation
  In situ biodegradation
  In situ solvent wash and
  extraction
  In situ vapor extraction
  In situ vitrification
Contaminant adsorptability
Total organic carbon
Disposal of treated water
Metals separation

Susceptibility to reaction
Total organic carbon
Metals solubility
PH
Metals concentration
Management of residuals
Disposal of treated water

Contaminant solubility
Contamination concentrations
Specific gravity

Soil type/porosity, permeability-primary and
  secondary
Contaminant biodegradability
Aquifer properties
  Distribution of microorganisms
  Dissolved oxygen
Contaminant concentration

Soil type/porosity, permeability-primary and
  secondary
Contaminant solubility
Sorption properties
Organic moisture content

Soil type/porosity, permeability- -primary and
  secondary
Contaminant volatility
Contaminant concentration

Contaminant concentration
Depth of contamination
Area of contamination
Soil type/moisture content
Presence of reactive compounds
Electrical conductivity	
Influent flow rate
Carbon adsorptive capacity
Contaminant concentrations
Influent flow rate
Dose of reactant
Contaminant concentrations

Influent flow rate
Alkalinity/acidity
Coagulant dosage
Contaminant concentrations
Influent flow rate
Total suspended solids
Nutrient requirements
Contaminant distribution
Injection/extraction well flow rates
Aquifer parameters
Biodegradation rate
Aquifer parameters
Depth to the aquifer
Contaminant distribution
Contaminant concentrations
Contaminant distribution
Well radius of influence
Extraction well flow rates
Hydraulic conductivity

Contaminant distribution
Underlying geology
Rate of carbon usage for off-gas treatment
aWhen possible, data for design can be collected during implementation of an interim remedy. Design parameters also include considerations such as
standards to be attained for all emissions to air and water and any generation of solid waste.
of time, then they should be collected. Exhibit 3-6 presents an
example of a sensitivity analysis.

If there is sufficient confidence that a particular remedy will be
effective for a site,  a detailed evaluation, which is discussed
                               in Chapter 6, should be made.  Data to reduce the uncertainty
                               of important variables should be collected  throughout the
                               remedial selection, design, and construction phases to refine
                               and modify the remedy.
                                                              3-19
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
       Exhibit 3-6.   Using A Sensitivity Analysis
         To address the adequacy of the hydrogeologic data collected at the San Gabriel basin, and to improve the performance of a
         ground-water model by further refining the estimates of model parameters, a sensitivity analysis was performed. The sensitivity
         analysis evaluated the following model parameters:

              !    Hydraulic conductivity

              !    Specific yield

              !    Recharge from precipitation

              !    Artificial recharge

              !    Boundary conditions

              !    Ground-water pumping

         The analysis consisted of the following:

                 !     Varying a particular model parameter

                 !     Rerunning the  model for the first 5 years of the simulation period

                 !     Observing the effect of the parameter vadation on both the simulated water levels and the calculated
                      ground-water velocity

         From this analysis, it was found that the calculated velocity was highly variable within the basin. Velocity provided a useful
         measure of the relative importance of the different parameters in predicting ground-water flow. The greatest  degree of
         uncertainty was  associated with the vertical  distribution of  hydraulic conductivity.  On the basis of the  analysis, the
         ground-water velocities calculated  from the model were found  to vary between 50 and  200 ft/yr. The original analysis of the
         hydraulic properties of the basin led to estimates of hydraulic conductivity that were  estimated to vary from 10 to 1,000 ft/yr.
         Because the horizontal and vertical  distribution of hydraulic conductivity, the areal distribution and magnitude of specific yield,
         and recharge at spreading basins and from precipitation lead to the most uncertainty, additional data acquisition and analysis
         would be most useful for these variables.

         Because the San Gabriel site is very large (165 square miles) decisions about scoping may be very costly. Thus, an extensive
         modeling effort was undertaken  to provide  initial information to develop data  quality objectives. In summary, the sensitivity
         analysis defined which parameters were critical, and the variance in ground-water velocity was reduced from 10 to 1,000 ft/yr
         to 50 to 200 ft/yr. This approach  led to a better understanding of the accuracy and precision of the results. On the basis of the
         sensitivity analysis, areas of further data collection were identified and priorities were set.
                                                              3-20

Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                  Chapter 4
                                Establishing Preliminary Cleanup Levels
4.1     Introduction
CERCLA requires that  remedial  actions be  protective  of
human health and the environment. In  addition, remedial
actions must attain ARARs (unless a waiver is used). For
ground water that is a current or potential source of drinking
water, i.e., Class I or Class II, cleanup levels generally will be
based on chemical-specific ARARs or health-based  levels.
This chapter  presents  information  needed  to establish
preliminary  cleanup levels in  the aquifer.  The information
presented here is generally presented in the risk assessment
chapter of the Rl report. Preliminary cleanup levels should be
developed early in the RI/FS process and modified as more
information  is collected. Final  cleanup levels  should be
presented in the FS and the ROD.

This chapter is organized into the following sections:

     !  Determination of cleanup levels

     !  Derivation   of  chemical-specific   ARARs   and
       consideration   of  other   pertinent   materials
       (to-be-considereds (TBCs))

     !  Assessment of aggregate effects

     !  Alternate concentration limits

     !  Summary

Ground water that is not a potential drinking water  source
because of natural conditions (i.e., Class III  ground water) is
not explicitly addressed in this chapter because health-based
cleanup levels for Class III ground water  are usually not
appropriate. Environmental considerations  (i.e., effects on
biological receptors)  and  prevention of plume expansion
determine cleanup levels for Class III ground water. Also, if the
Class III ground  water is connected to ground water that is
Class I or Class II, it may be appropriate to set cleanup levels
at the point of interconnection, as described in the following
section. Further discussion  of  Class III  ground water  is
presented in Section 5.4.2.

Health-based cleanup levels for soil are usually based in part
on  a soil  ingestion  exposure pathway. In addition,  it  is
generally   appropriate   to  consider   the  potential   for
contaminants to leach from soil to ground
water.  By modeling the  leaching rate of contaminants and
determining health-based levels in ground water, soil cleanup
levels  can be calculated. Depending  on the  site  soil,
consideration of leaching may tend to produce lower cleanup
levels than consideration  of soil ingestion.  A project  to
compile a compendium of methods that have  been used to
determine soil cleanup levels on the basis of the potential for
the contaminants to migrate to ground water is currently under
way  at OERR. This compendium will be distributed  to the
Regions as a resource.

4.2     Determination of Cleanup Levels

4.2.1   Process

Cleanup levels will generally be set  at health-based  levels,
reflecting  current and  potential  use  and  exposure. For
systemic (noncarcinogenic) toxicants cleanup  levels should
be set at levels to which humans could be exposed on  a daily
basis without appreciable adverse effects during their lifetime.
For carcinogens, cleanup levels should reflect an individual
excess lifetime cancer risk that falls in the range commonly
expressed as the 10"4to 10"7unit risk range.  The Agency
believes that  remedial actions  reducing risks  to within this
range are generally protective of human health.

Often, ARARs, such as MCLs, will  be used  to determine
cleanup levels. However, ARARs may not be available or they
may  not  be  adequate  if  multiple contaminants, multiple
pathways, or other factors  present an aggregate risk that is
not  sufficiently   protective   given  the  specific  site
circumstances. In these circumstances, the appropriate level
of protection should   be determined   during  the  risk
assessment  using Agency guidelines  and other Federal
criteria, advisories, or guidances.

For ground water that is  a current  or  potential source  of
drinking water, MCLs set under the SDWA or more stringent
State standards  devised  to  protect  drinking  water will
generally be  ARARs.  If MCLs  are not available, proposed
MCLs should be considered. However, it is still necessary to
perform  a  risk assessment;  aggregate  risk should  be
calculated for
                                                      4-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
all contaminants in the ground water,  including those with
MCLs. Aggregate risk is  calculated  using the risk-specific
dose  (RSD) or the reference dose (RfD), as discussed in
Section 4.4.

If an ARAR does not exist for a contaminant, then TBCs
should be identified. RSDs, RfDs, health advisories (HAs), and
State or  Federal  criteria  developed  for waters other  than
ground water are TBCs for ground water. MCLGs should be
consulted  and may be relevant and appropriate if multiple
contaminants or multiple  pathways warrant levels that are
more stringent than MCLs. Also, WQC should be considered
and  may  be  relevant and  appropriate  at some  sites,
particularly those sites where  ground  water discharges to
surface water that is  used for fishing.  WQCs may also be
relevant and appropriate  when they are the most recent
health-based level that has been developed.

Generally, if cleanup levels for carcinogens are not determined
by ARARs, the 10"6 risk level should be the starting point for
the analysis of alternatives and the  appropriate  level of
protection. The use of 10'6 as  an analytical starting point
expresses the Agency's preference for being at the protective
end of the risk  range but is not a strict presumption that the
final remedial action should attain that risk level. The final
cleanup level  and resulting risk  level  will be achieved by
balancing  a   number  of  factors  relating  to  exposure,
uncertainty, and technical limitations.

Environmental  effects  must also  be considered. WQC for
protection of  aquatic organisms should  be  used when
Superfund sites pose potential  environmental effects. Also,
some information on environmental effects may be available in
the scientific literature; see Verscheuren (1983), for example.
Additional information  on  environmental effects is available
from the  User's Manual  for Ecological Risk Assessment
(Barnhouse, 1986) and the eco-risk document currently being
developed by OSWER, entitled, "Superfund Environmental
Evaluation Manual."

The most  common ARARs and TBCs are summarized in
Table 4-1, and Appendix E lists the values of these ARARs
and TBCs at the  time of this writing.  Figure 4-1 is a flow
diagram showing the decision path for identifying ARARs and
TBCs.

Figure 4-2 shows the process for developing ARARs and
TBCs from basic scientific information.  This is discussed in
the following sections.

4.2.2  One  Source  of Common  Health-Based
       Criteria: The Integrated Risk Information
       System

The Integrated  Risk Information  System  (IRIS) is a computer-
based  catalog of Agency risk  assessment information for
chemical substances. Values for some of the TBCs are listed
in IRIS. This system is designed for Federal, State, and Local
environmental health agencies as  a  source of the  latest
information about EPA's  regulatory decisions for specific
chemicals. IRIS  was developed by an intra-agency review
group in  response to repeated requests for Agency risk
assessment information.

Chemicals found in IRIS are categorized on the basis of the
type of effect they cause. Chemicals that cause growth of
tumors are considered to  be carcinogenic, while chemicals
that induce effects other than carcinogenicity or mutagenicity
are considered to be systemic toxicants.

EPA has developed  a system  for classifying the  weight of
evidence of carcinogenicity in chemicals. The EPA carcinogen
classification system contains the following designations:

    !   Group A-Human Carcinogen
    !   Group B-Probable Human Carcinogen
    !   Group C-Possible Human Carcinogen

Evidence for  the carcinogenicity of chemicals  in  humans
stems   primarily from   long-term  animals   tests  and
epidemiological   studies   (studies   of  disease  in human
populations).  Short-term  animal  tests,  pharmacokinetic
studies,   structure-activity   relationships,   and  other
toxicological information are also considered  in developing a
framework  for evaluating  the weight  of evidence  of  a
chemical's potential to be a human carcinogen.

Systemic  toxicants  are those believed to be toxic only at
concentrations above a threshold dose; doses below this
threshold are not expected to result in a significant adverse
effect. The mechanism for  the toxicity of noncarcinogens
differs from that for carcinogens for which  it is believed that
there is no threshold; any dose presents some incremental
risk (hence, the MCLG for carcinogens is set at zero). Some
chemicals can cause both systemic toxic  and carcinogenic
effects.

The risk assessment information contained in IRIS, except as
specifically noted, has been reviewed and agreed upon by two
intra-agency  review groups-the RfD  work group  and  the
Carcinogen Risk Assessment Verification Endeavor (CRAVE)
work group. As these groups continue to review and verify risk
assessment-related information, additional chemicals and new
information will be added to IRIS. IRIS is  available through
Dialcom's electronic mail, the computer-based electronic
communications  system  to  which the  EPA subscribes.
Further information on IRIS can be obtained by contacting the
Office  of Information Resources  Management,   or  IRIS
user-support,  at  (513) 569-7254,  FTS-684-7254.  Specific
details on the derivation of the chemical
                                                     4-2
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
       Table 4-1.   Potential ARARs and TBCs
       Primary potentially applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs)
           \    Promulgated State standards

           !    Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs)

       Other potential ARARs and to-be-considereds (TBCs)

           \    Proposed MCLs generally should be given first priority among TBCs.
           !    Risk-specific doses (RSDs)-To be considered when evaluating human health threats from carcinogens in drinking water
               when MCLs, proposed MCLs, or State standards are not available, and for determining the risk level associated with an
               ARAR.
           !    Reference doses (RfDs)-To be considered when evaluating human health threats from systemic toxicants in drinking
               water. Use when MCLs, proposed MCLs, or State standards are not available, or when determining aggregate risks
               associated with ARARs.
           !    Lifetime health advisories (HAs)-To be considered when evaluating human health threats from systemic toxicants in
               drinking water when MCLs,  proposed MCLs, State standards, or RfDs are not available.
           !    Maximum contaminant level  goals (MCLGs) and proposed MCLGs-lf technically feasible, to be considered when other
               human health threats at the site justify setting lower cleanup levels. (MCLGs may be relevant and appropriate if multiple
               contaminants or multiple exposure pathways require levels that are more stringent than MCLS.)
           !    Water quality criteria (WQC)-To be considered for protection of aquatic organisms and for evaluating health threats from
               fish ingestion and ingestion  of drinking water. (Maybe relevant and appropriate, particularly if the beneficial uses of the
               ground water includes any association with a surface water body or when there  are not more recently adopted
               health-based  criteria or guidelines.)
information in IRIS  can be  found  in  the  Integrated Risk
Information System (U.S. EPA, 19871). Information needed for
selecting indicator chemicals and other agency standards  and
guidelines  is  described in the  Superfund Public  Health
Evaluation Manual (U.S. EPA, 1986f), which has a data base
format called the Public  Health  Review  and  Evaluation
Database (PHRED). PHRED  is available from  the  Toxics
Integration Branch, OERR.

4.3     Derivation of Chemical-Specific ARARS
        and TBCs

Two kinds of standards are considered ARARs for remediation
of ground water that is current or potential drinking water when
they are available: MCLs and promulgated State standards.
RSDs,  RfDs, and  HAs  may  be  TBCs.  As  discussed
previously, in  some cases WQC and MCLGs may be relevant
and  appropriate.  Unlike ARARs,  which are established
through the rulemaking process, TBCs  must be defended on
their merits if they are  challenged  during public  comment;
therefore,   they   should   be  supported  with   thorough
documentation.

4.3.1   Maximum  Contaminant Levels
MCLs are enforceable standards set for public water supply
systems promulgated under the SDWA. Generally, they are
relevant and appropriate for ground water that is a current or
potential source  of drinking water, but  are applicable at the
drinking water
 tap if there are at least 25 users or 15 service connections to
a public water supply system.

MCLs are set at levels that are determined to be protective
and  are  as close as  practicable to the MCLGs; but, in
addition,  the MCL must account for the use of the  best
available   technology,   cost,  and  other   considerations.
Currently, MCLs  have  been established for  eight organic
compounds, six pesticides, and eight inorganics. MCLs that
have been proposed  in the Federal Register but are not yet
promulgated will  become potential ARARs when they are
promulgated; therefore, they should be considered carefully.
Approximately  40 MCLs were   proposed  in  the  Federal
Register  in 1988; these are noted in Appendix E.

4.3.2  Promulgated State Standards
Promulgated State standards are laws and regulations that
are of general applicability and are legally enforceable. State
advisories, guidances, or other nonbinding guidelines, as well
as standards that are not of general applicability, are  not
considered ARARs.  That is, State  requirements that  are
promulgated specifically for one or more Superfund sites are
not of general applicability and are not ARARs.

General State goals that are promulgated may be ARARs. For
example,  a  State  antidegradation  statute  that  prohibits
degradation of surface waters below specific levels of quality
or in  ways that preclude certain uses of that water may be an
ARAR. A
                                                       4-3
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Dotofmlofl HI and
Adjust Cleanup
Uvctc,
If Necessary


Th«
RID Should Bt
Considered
                                                            Note: This Process Shot*! be Performed
                                                            in Corf unction wfth the RtsK Assessment
                                                            That** Cwnpteisd lor tw Sit*
Figure 4-1   Flow Chart for Determing Site-Specific Cleanup Levels on the Basis of Existing Standards and Criteria.
                                                             4-4
 Word-searchable Version - Not a true copy

-------
              MCLsFOR
              CARCINOGENS

Chronic
Study




V
(kgday/mg)
Risk Level
(e.g.,1ffe)
>t.


RSD
(mg/kgday)
>.


Concentration
Associated with
Risk Level
(mg/l)
2 Way
70kg
                                                                                                      Technical
MCLG
(0)
(mg/l)


MCL
(mg/l)
                                                                             Safety
              HAS FOR SHORT-TERM
              AND LONGER-TERM
              EXPOSURES FOR
              SYSTEMIC TOXICANTS
Acute
orSubchronic
Study


NOAEL
or
LOAEL
(mg/kgday)
>,

1-Day HA
10-Day HA
Longer-Term HA
(mg/day)
LIFETIME HAS
FOR SYSTEMIC
TOXICANTS
AND SOME
GROUP C ^
CARCINOGENS , 	 , NOAEL
Chronic ^ or
Study f LOAEL "




f>
*ty

v RfO DWEL
^(mg/kgday) *" (mg/da)

2 I/day I
7H Itn I
9 [^

Group C
Carcinogens



n


Systemic
Toxicants

—


>
t


-

Safety
Factor


\ ^ Uf^e ^ MCLG ^ MCL
^ * (mX) (ma^ (m9/"

Tecftreca/
Practfcabrf/fy
              WQC
Bloconcentratiorf
, Factor
2 I/day
70kg
6.5gof
Fish/Day
WQC*
(mg/l)
Drinking
Water Plus
Fish
Ingestion

              "WQC are also developed to reflect fish ingestion alone and have been calculated to reflect drinking water alone in the
               Superfund Public Health Evaluation Manual (U.S. EPA, 1986). WQC are also developed for effects to aquatic organisms.
               Figure 4-2   Derivation of Some Standard* and Heafth-Based Criteria.
                                                                         4-5
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
general prohibition  against discharges to surface waters of
toxic materials in toxic  amounts also may be an ARAR.
Because the  scope of these goals is general, compliance
must be interpreted within the context of specific regulations
designed to implement them, the specific circumstances at
the site, and the remedial alternatives being considered.

A  waiver from complying with State standards that are
inconsistently applied can be invoked (see Chapter 6).

4.3.3  Risk-Specific  Doses for Carcinogens
Cancer potency factors are developed by the EPA Carcinogen
Assessment Group (CAG) and the EPA Environmental Criteria
and  Assessment  Office  in a series  of  health  effects
assessment documents. Cancer potency factors are also
referred to as slope factors or oj*, and can be found in the
IRIS data base. RSDs are determined by dividing the selected
risk level (e.g., 10~6) by  the cancer potency factors. They
represent the dose  of chemical  in mg  per kg of body weight
per day associated with the specific risk level used. To
calculate the concentration of a carcinogen in ground water
associated with a selected cancer  risk  level, the following
equation is used:
  Cone. (Mg/l) =
RSD (mg/kg day) x  body weight

drinking water  injestion  rate  (I/day)
Body weight for the average adult is generally assumed to be
70 kg, and the drinking water  ingestion  rate is  generally
assumed to be 2 liters per day.

As stated,  for carcinogens,  cleanup  levels should reduce
aggregate risks to within the 10~4 to 10~7 range, and the 10~6
risk level should be used as a starting  point.

4.3.4   Reference Doses
RfDs are derived from extensive analysis of toxicological data
by an Agency review group headed by representatives from
the Office of Research and  Development. RfDs can be found
in  the IRIS data  base,  along  with  discussions on the
strengths and limitations of each chemical's information base.

The RfD is an  estimate of the daily exposure to the human
population (including sensitive subgroups) that is likely to be
without appreciable risk of adverse  effects during a  lifetime. It
is expressed in units of mg per kg body weight per day. RfDs
are derived from  toxicological  no-observed-effects  levels
(NOELs),  no-observed-adverse-effects levels  (NOAELs),
lowest-observed-effects level  (LOELs),  or lowest- observed-
adverse-effects levels (LOAELs), using uncertainty factors that
account for interspecies and intraspecies diversity and the
quality of the experimental data. The NOAEL is the highest
concentration of chemical that, when administered  to
                                        a test animal, does not cause an adverse health effect, while
                                        the  LOAEL  is  the  lowest   concentration that,  when
                                        administered to a test animal, does cause an adverse health
                                        effect. NOEL and LOEL are analogous to NOAEL and LOAEL,
                                        respectively, but take into consideration any health effect, not
                                        just adverse effects.

                                        DWELs are calculated from RfDs and are determined on the
                                        basis of medium-specific lifetime exposure  levels, assuming
                                        100 percent exposure from that medium. At the level of the
                                        DWEL, noncarcinogenic health effects would not be expected
                                        to occur. To  obtain a ground-water DWEL, the  following
                                        equation should be used:
                                          DWEL (mg/l) =
                    RfD  (mg/kg day) body  weight (kg)
                   drinking water  ingestion  rate  (I/day)
Body weight for the average adult is assumed to be 70 kg,
and the drinking water ingestion rate is assumed to be 2 liters
per day.

4.3.5  Health Advisories
HAs are nonenforceable contaminant limits published by the
Office  of  Drinking Water for  1-day,  10-day,  longer-term
(usually 7 years), and lifetime exposures to chemicals. HAs
are generally published for noncarcinogenic endpoints of
toxicity. Lifetime HAs are not recommended for Group A and
Group  B  carcinogens, because carcinogenic  effects  are
expected to result in more  stringent health standards.  For
Group  C  carcinogens,  lifetime  HAs  are  based  on
noncarcinogenic   endpoints  of  toxicity.  An   additional
uncertainty factor of 10 is used when determining the lifetime
HA to reflect possible carcinogenic effects. When  determining
cleanup levels for Group C carcinogens, the more stringent of
the HA and the level corresponding to  the 10"6  cancer risk
should  be used, if available.
                                        Lifetime HAs are derived from DWELs by incorporating known
                                        exposure to contaminants from sources other than drinking
                                        water, such as diet. (However, exposure from inhalation of
                                        contaminants from showering for example, is not incorporated
                                        into HAs.) HAs have been published for pesticides, inorganic
                                        chemicals, and organic compounds (U.S. EPA, 1987f).

                                        4.3.6  Maximum Contaminant Level Goals
                                        MCLGs, established under the SDWA (40 CFR 141), are set,
                                        with a margin of safety, at levels that would result in no known
                                        or anticipated adverse effects to health over a lifetime. MCLGs
                                        for Group A and Group B carcinogens are set at zero. MCLGs
                                        for Group  C carcinogens are  either set at zero or at the
                                        lifetime  HA,  depending  on   available  information.   For
                                        noncarcinogens, the MCLG generally corresponds to
                                                     4-6
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
the lifetime HA. Proposed MCLGs may also be considered
when establishing cleanup levels. In cases where multiple
contaminants or multiple exposure pathways lead to very high
risks, MCLGs may be relevant and appropriate.

4.3.7   Water Quality Criteria
WQC are established for evaluating toxic effects on human
health and aquatic organisms. Values reflecting risk levels of
10"5, 10"6, and 10"7 are  published for carcinogens. WQC are
also published for noncarcinogenic (chronic toxic) effects.
WQC are determined for the following exposure settings:

     !   Human exposure from ingestion  of contaminated
        drinking water and contaminated fish

     !   Human exposure from ingestion of contaminated fish
        alone

In  addition,  WQC  are  used  to derive criteria for human
exposure from ingestion of contaminated drinking water alone
in the Superfund Public Health Evaluation Manual (U.S. EPA,
1986e).

The final values of WQC that protect human health may differ
from  MCLs  because  WQC  take  into  consideration  a
bioconcentration factor and fish ingestion factor,  while MCLs
take into  consideration economic and treatability factors.
Also, many WQC have  not recently been updated.

If the contaminated water is a drinking  water source,  MCLs
are generally an ARAR. However, if there is no MCL or if the
ground water discharges to surface water and contaminants
are affecting aquatic organisms, or if other health-based
standards are not available, WQC should be consulted and
may be  relevant  and  appropriate.  Because WQC do not
incorporate  such  factors  as detection  limits, technical
feasibility of achieving standards, or cost, the cleanup levels
for a site may have to be adjusted from the WQC value. The
WQC Standards  Handbook   (U.S.  EPA,  1983) describes
factors to consider when using WQC and when  determining
cleanup levels that are based on WQC.

4.4    Assessment of Aggregate Effects

The aggregate effects from  contaminants at  a site for  a
particular medium, in this case ground water, generally should
be determined, using methods described in the "Guidance for
Health Risk Assessment of Chemical Mixtures," (U.S. EPA,
1986a).

Generally, both carcinogenic risks and risks from systemic
toxicants  are assumed to be additive. For  example, the
aggregate risk posed by all of the carcinogens in an exposure
pathway is assumed to
 be the sum of the risks from the individual carcinogens.

For carcinogens (including Class C carcinogens), aggregate
risk levels calculated from cleanup levels should fall within the
10~4to 10~7 risk range. The  10~6 aggregate excess lifetime
cancer risk level is considered the starting point for analysis,
but other risk levels between 10~4 and 10~7 may be supported
on the basis of other factors such as exposure, technical
limitations,  and uncertainties.  If cleanup levels based on
ARARs and TBCs result in  an aggregate risk level that falls
outside the protective risk range, then cleanup levels should
be more stringent than the ARARs or TBCs. Setting cleanup
levels within the risk range and ensuring that these levels at
least  meet ARARs  will  assure that adequately protective
cleanup levels  are set.

Effect levels from systemic toxicants may be added when
they  act by the same mechanisms  of would otherwise
magnify the toxic effect. To add effect levels from systemic
toxicants, the hazard index (HI) is used. The  HI is calculated
using the equation:
                 ar-
DI. I RfD.
   i    '   i
where i = chemical i in the mixture, and Dlj = daily intake of
the chemical in mg/kg-day.

Initially, the HI should be determined from daily intakes on the
basis of cleanup  levels  for  all systemic toxicants  as  a
screening approach as described in the  Superfund Public
Health Evaluation Manual (U.S. EPA, 1986f). If the HI exceeds
or is  close to  1.0,  chemicals  should  be segregated  by
mechanism of action and separate His should be calculated
for each group of chemicals. Cleanup levels may need to be
lowered  if segregating chemicals does not reduce the HI to
below 1.0, however.

Exhibit 4-1 is an example  of setting cleanup levels.

Table 4-2 describes factors  that should be analyzed to
determine the  most  appropriate aggregate  risk  level. The
analysis of these  factors  is  not  quantitative but is merely a
qualitative indication of  the  appropriate level within the
protective risk range at which a remedy should be designed to
perform. The factors that are presented in this table highlight
considerations that may be  pertinent to particular sites and
need not be addressed in every case.  Although listed as a
separate factor in  Table  4-2, detection limits should not be
the sole factor for deviating  from the starting point, such as
the 10'6 cancer risk level, unless special  analytical services
have been investigated and it is technically infeasible to detect
the chemical at the desired concentration.
                                                      4-7
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
          Exhibit 4-1.   Setting Cleanup Levels at Seymour Recycling
          The Seymour Recycling site, located in Seymour, Indiana, is situated on 14 acres in an agricultural area 1/2 mile south of a
          subdivision. Waste management activities at the site began in the 1970s and included  processing, storing, and incinerating
          chemical wastes. Surface contamination from 50,000 drums and 100 storage tanks has resulted. Groundwater contamination
          of the shallow aquifer is extensive, and a contaminant plume extends 1,100 feet from the site boundary. The deeper aquifer,
          which is separated from the shallow aquifer by a silty clay aquitard, has very limited contamination.

          More than 35 hazardous organic chemicals have been detected in ground water, including 1,2-dichloroethene,  benzene, vinyl
          chloride, and 1,1,1-trichloroethane. Ten carcinogens and 12 noncarcinogens with critical  toxicity values have been identified in
          ground  water at the site.

          Establishment of Cleanup Levels

          For carcinogens with  MCLs, the cleanup levels were stricter than the MCLs because of the  aggregate  effects of the
          contaminants. The aggregate risk of the six organic carcinogens detected at the site which have MCLs is 4 x 10"4 at the MCL
          levels. An aggregate excess cancer risk of 1 x 10"5was selected as the ground-water cleanup level for carcinogens. This risk
          level was selected because there are a large number of ground-water contaminants, because there is limited understanding of
          the contaminants' aggregate effect,  because low levels of contaminants will continue to migrate when the extraction system is
          terminated, and because the aquifer is a potential source of drinking water. A 1 x 10"6 risk level must be met at the site's nearest
          receptor. In addition to meeting the 1 x 10~5 aggregate risk level, the individual MCLs must be met throughout the aquifer. The
          compounds used for setting the aggregate excess cancer risk for the site were:
                           Benzene
                           Methylene chloride
                           Chloroform
                           Tetrachloroethane
                           1,2-Dichloroethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
1, 1-Dichloroethene
Trichloroethene
1,4-Dioxane
Vinyl chloride
          This list will be revised if other chemicals that are carcinogenic by the oral route of exposure are identified or if other compounds
          are identified as possible, probable, or known human carcinogens.

          For noncarcinogens, the total hazard index (HI) for all compounds for which there is a reference dose (RFD) will not exceed 1.0.
          These compounds include the following:
                           Barium
                           2-Butanone
                           Copper
                           2-Methylphenol
                           4-Methylphenol
                           1,1-Dichloroethane
Manganese
Methylene chloride
Nickel
Phenol
Toluene
Zinc
          In addition, for those compounds for which there is an MCL, the MCL will not be exceeded. The list shall be updated as additional
          RfDs or other information becomes available and as MCLs are established for additional compounds.
The information needed to evaluate many of these factors is
often included in the  risk assessment for a  site.  In addition,
information gained during implementation of an interim action
may be useful for evaluating these factors.

4.5  Alternate Concentration Limits

Section (121)(d)(2)(B)(ii) of CERCLA restricts the use of ACLs
for offsite exposure in the selection of a remedial action in lieu
of otherwise applicable
     limitations. ACLs can only be used as cleanup levels at the
     end of the remedial action and only if the following conditions
     are met:

          !   The ground water has known or projected points of
             entry  into  surface water,  which  is  a  reasonable
             distance from the facility boundary.

          !   There will be no statistically significant increase at
             the  95 percent  confidence  level  of  constituent
             concentrations occurring in the surface water in
                                                             4-8
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Table 4-2.   Factors Considered When Determining Preliminary Cleanup Levels
  Factors Related
    to Exposure
Timing of exposure


The potential for
human exposure
from other
pathways

Population
sensitivities
                      Potential effects on
                      environmental
                      receptors

                      Cross-media
                      effects of
                      alternatives
If data demonstrate that exposures are occurring continuously, more stringent cleanup levels may
be warranted than if exposures were projected or the probability of exposure is low.

If a site presents a threat from contaminants from two or more media or pathways (e.g, soil and
ground-water exposure) and there is a potential for exposure from multiple media, more stringent
cleanup levels may be warranted because of the potential for higher exposure.


The current risk borne by the population may be substantial enough to warrant a more stringent
cleanup level for a contaminant in ground water. If the site is near a school where the potential
for children to be  exposed is higher than normal, then more stringent cleanup levels may be
appropriate, through this is accounted for to some extent during development of standards and
health-based criteria, which takes into account sensitive individuals.

The presence of a particular plant or animal species near the site may warrant a more stringent
cleanup level.


A remedy that achieves an acceptable risk level in one medium may not be preferred if it only
achieves this level by transferring contaminants to another medium at an unacceptable risk level.
  Factors Related
   to Uncertainty
Effectiveness and
reliability of
alternatives
                      Reliability of
                      exposure data
                      Reliability of
                      scientific evidence
A remedy that has been demonstrated to be effective and reliable at sites that are similar may be
chosen over a remedy that might reach  a more protective level under ideal conditions but is
undemonstrated for the conditions of a particular site. If a remedy with a low degree of certainty
of attaining cleanup levels is chosen, the system could be designed to meet more stringent
cleanup levels to increase the probability that the remedy will fall within the protective risk range;
thus providing an additional measure of safety. Also, the reliability of any institutional controls that
are part of the alternative should be considered.

If exposures are actually occurring, more stringent cleanup  levels may be warranted than if
exposures are only predicted to occur using transport modeling. Less stringent cleanup levels
may be warranted when exposure is expected to be intermittent

A contaminant that is a known human carcinogen may require a more stringent cleanup level than
a contaminant for which there is weak evidence of carcinogenicity. The weight of evidence with
respect to severity of effect should also be considered.
  Factors Related
   to Technical
    Limitations
Detection/quantifi-
cation limits for
contaminants
                      Technical
                      limitations to
                      restoration
                      Background levels
If standard laboratory procedures can only detect contaminants at concentrations reflecting the
10"4 risklevel, for example, then that level may be appropriate. However, in some situations, such
as when the quantification limit is higher than  the cleanup level, it may be appropriate to  use
special analytical methods to achieve lower quantification limits. (This  should not be the sole
criterion for deviating from cleanup levels.)

If remediation is technically limited because of site hydrogeological characteristics, the nature of
the soil matrix, or difficulties associated with treatment of a particular contaminant, more stringent
cleanup levels may not be feasible. In addition,  if the ability to monitor and control the movement
of contaminants is technically limited, such as in karst aquifers, highly varied alluvial deposits, or
with dense nonaqueous phase liquids, it may be difficult to monitor the actual reduction achieved.

Cleanup levels lower than  background levels are not, in general, practicable;  e.g., if the
background level of a particular contaminant is at the 10"4 risk level, a more stringent cleanup level
is not practicable.  However,  if background levels are above ARARs and the ground water is a
drinking water  source, it may be appropriate to  initiate a coordinated response  with other
agencies. If background levels are high because of natural sources, well-head treatment may be
the most effective solution, although such ground water is probably not a drinking water supply.
                                                              4-9
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
       the discharge zone or at any point where constituents
       are expected to accumulate.

    !   Institutional controls will be implemented that will
       preclude   human   exposure  to   ground-water
       contaminants between the facility boundary and the
       point of entry into the surface water.

In  addition,  ACLs should only be  developed  under this
provision  when  remediating to drinking water levels  is not
practicable. Furthermore,  ACLs should be used only if there
is no significant degradation of uncontaminated ground water
before discharge to surface water occurs. Exhibit 4-2 presents
an example of using ACLs.

Determining  statistically significant increases of constituent
concentrations in surface water should include the following
steps as appropriate:

    !   Samples of surface water should be taken during a
       period in which the flow (for rivers and streams) or
       standing volume (for ponds and lakes) is near base
       flow conditions for the specific season. Stream width
       and  depth should also be considered.

    !   Surface water samples should be collected within the
       discharge  zone  of the  ground-water contaminant
       plume. Because ground-water movement nearsurface
       water bodies can be  complex, initial samples may
       have to be collected adjacent to the facility as well as
       some distance downstream to identify the discharge
       zone.

    !   Sediment and biota samples should  be collected
       when  surface  water samples  are  collected  to
       determine if contaminants are accumulating  in the
       sediments or biota.

    !   Contaminant degradation should be considered, and
       analysis for potential degradation products should be
       conducted.
    !   If concentrations of contaminants in shallow and deep
       ground water adjecent to the surface-water body are
       not detectable, this statistical determination need not
       be  performed.  If the levels are detectable, then
       concentrations  in the  discharge zone  should  be
       compared to concentrations in a background area of
       the surface-water body.

    !   If concentrations of contaminants are found in the
       deeper  aquifer, then  samples  should be taken
       downstream.

    !   If ACLs are established for a site, periodic  surface
       water sampling should be conducted

4.6    Summary

When establishing preliminary cleanup levels, the following
steps should be taken:

    !   Identify  ARARs and  associated  risk  levels  for
       carcinogen and daily  intake values  for systemic
       toxicants

    !   Identify TBCs for contaminants for which ARARs are
       not available (it may also be important to  identify
       TBCs for  contaminants with ARARs  in order to
       calculate aggregate risks or evaluate impacts, such
       as environmental effects, not addressed by ARARs)

    !   Assess aggregate  risk in  the  ground  water and
       determine the appropriate risk level (carcinogens) or
       HI (systemic toxicants)

    !   If it  is  not  practicable   to   attain  applicable
       requirements and site condition permits, consider
       establishing ACLs and using institutional controls, if
       necessary, to restrict site access
                                                     4-10
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
          Exhibit 4-2.    Ground Water Discharging to Surface Water
          The Newport Dump site is a 39-acre former municipal landfill in Wilder, Kentucky, that lies on the Licking River, a tributary of
          the Ohio River. Approximately 250 feet downstream of the site is the main water intake for a water treatment plant. The plant
          withdraws up to 18mgdfrom the Licking River and serves about 75,000 people. The site was used by the city for the disposal
          of residential and com mercial wastes from the 1940s until its closure in 1979.

          The major concern at the site is leachate migration to a nearby unnamed stream forming the southern border of the site and
          to the Licking River. The surface water contaminant migration pathway was examined by collecting surface water and sediment
          samples at six locations  in the stream and five nearshore locations in the Licking River. Many of these sampling points were
          also paired with shallow ground-water sampling points to evaluate the potential ground-water distribution to surface water.

          Shallow ground water, which discharges to the Licking River, was sampled and contained metals, solvents, and polycyclic
          aromatic hydrocarbons.  Samples of the deeper ground water were clean.

          Surface water and sediment samples were collected from the stream and the  river, and two samples were taken at the
          surface-water intake. The results of the chemical analyses  demonstrated that the levels of contaminants in the stream were
          below all detectable levels except for toluene, which was detected in upstream samples as well as downstream samples.
          Ground-water dilution by the Licking River was calculated to be over 40,000 to 1 under low flow  conditions. Thus, it was
          concluded that site contaminants did not have any effect on the quality of the Licking River.

          The main receptors for contaminant releases from the site are the 75,000 residents served by the water intake. Approximately,
          1,200 individuals live within a 1-mile radius of the site, but no private or public drinking water wells were found within this area.
          The potential receptors include those people who eat fish caught from the Licking River. Currently, there is no recreational use
          of the site, though the site has uncontrolled access. The risk assessment found no evidence of any current public health or
          environmental concerns associated with the site.  It was  therefore  concluded  that the principal  human exposure point
          associated with the site  is the withdrawal of surface water from the intake on the Licking River.

          Currently, no data exist that demonstrate that  contaminants  detected onsite are increasing contaminant levels in the Licking
          River.  Of the seven indicator chemicals used, only toluene was detected in a raw water sample collected at the intake.
          However, toluene was also detected in higher concentration in a background sample; therefore, there was no increase in
          concentration as a result of the site. Ground-water remediation between the landfill and  the Licking River is not practicable
          because (1) concentrations of contaminants are low, (2) ground-water flow to the river is relatively low, and (3) the cost of
          remediation is high. Consequently, ACLs, as defined in Section 121 (d)(2)(B)(ii) of CERCLA, were developed. They are
          presented below:

                                                    Actual and  Projected
                                                    Concentration Levels


Indicator
Chemicals
Arsenic
Barium
Chromium
Nickel
Toluene

Ground-Water
Concentration,
mg/l
0.064
7.4
1.5
2.4
0.017


Proposed
ACL, mg/l1
0.64
74
15
24
0.17
Standard or
Health-Based
Criteria,
mg/l
0.05 (MCL)
1 (MCL)
0.05 (MCL)
0.13(WQC)
0.14(WQC)
Projected
Concentration
in the
Licking River,
mg/l
1.6x10-6
1.9x10-4
3.8 x10'3
6.0x10-5
4.2 x10'3
     1These concentrations are ten times the level of ground-water contamination.

     The proposed ACLs are based on actual ground-water contamination levels. At the ACL levels, concentrations projected in the Licking
     River will be below all existing health and environmental standards and criteria. Therefore, they represent a protective baseline limit for
     deciding if any future remedial action will be necessary.
                                                              4-11

Word-searchable  Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                  Chapter 5
                                    Developing Remedial Alternatives
5.1     Introduction

This  chapter  describes  how  remedial alternatives  are
developed.  Developing remedial alternatives  occurs  when
enough  site  information  has  been obtained  to  identify
appropriate operable units or final  remedies.  If necessary,
alternatives  are   screened  on  the   basis  of  general
considerations of effectiveness, implementability, and cost to
reduce the number of remedial alternatives considered in the
detailed analysis.

Detailed  guidance on  the  development of alternatives is
provided in Chapter 4 of the  RI/FS Guidance (U.S.  EPA,
1988c).  This  chapter  presents  additional  information for
developing a reasonable range of remedial action alternatives
for sites with contaminated ground water.

Developing  remedial  action alternatives encompasses the
following steps:

  !   Determining remedial action objectives

     -  Establishing preliminary cleanup levels (see Chapter
        4)

     -  Determining the area of attainment

     -  Estimating the restoration time frame

  !   Developing alternatives

     -  Determining response actions
     -  Determining process options
     -  Formulating alternatives

In actual project applications, these steps may be repeated at
various stages of the Superfund process including:

  !   During  the  Rl to  assist in  planning cost-effective  Rl
     activities

  !   During preliminary stages of the FS

  !   During detailed evaluation in the FS
This iterative approach allows for flexibility to respond to new
data and to changes in the project and should ultimately
result  in a detailed  evaluation of a limited  number  of
alternatives. The factors used to evaluate the alternatives and
select a ground-water remedy are discussed in Chapter 6 of
this guidance.

5.2  Remedial Action Objectives

Response  objectives  are  site-specific,   initial   cleanup
objectives that are established on the basis of the nature and
extent  of the contamination, the  resources that are currently
and potentially threatened, and the potential for human and
environmental exposure. Table 5-1  presents a partial list of
remedial action objectives  for contaminated ground water at
Superfund sites. While this list covers many of the situations
encountered  at Superfund  sites,  other  remedial action
objectives  may be  appropriate because  of  site-specific
conditions.

Remedial action objectives  are site-specific, quantitative goals
that  define the extent of  cleanup  required to  achieve the
response objectives. They include  the preliminary  cleanup
levels,  the area of attainment, and the restoration time frame.
Remedial action objectives are  generally developed in the
initial phase of the  FS and are used  as the framework for
developing detailed remedial  alternatives. The objectives are
formulated  to  achieve the overall goal of the Superfund
program to protect  human health and the environment by
restoring potentially usable  contaminated ground water to, and
protecting usable uncontaminated ground water at, levels that
are safe for current and potential users and environmental
receptors.  The specificity of these  objectives may  vary
depending on the availability and quality of site information,
site conditions,  and  the complexity of the site.

5.2.1   Area of Attainment
The area of attainment defines the area over which cleanup
levels will be achieved in the ground water. It encompasses
the area outside the boundary of any waste remaining in place
and  up to  the boundary  of the contaminant  plume. An
example of the area of attainment is illustrated in Figure 5-1.
Usually, the
                                                       5-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
        Table 5-1.  Potential Response Objectives for Ground Water
        !  Prevent exposure to contaminated ground water
             Provide an alternate water supply for the population that has existing wells affected by the contaminant plume
             Establish institutional controls to restrict access to the contaminant plume


        !  Protect uncontaminated ground and surface water for current and future use
             Prevent contamination of existing wells that could be affected by the plume and in adjacent ground water
             Minimize migration of contaminants within the ground and surface water
             Minimize migration of contaminants to adjacent ground and surface water


        !  Restore contaminated ground water for future use
             Reduce contaminant concentrations within the area of the plume to levels that are safe for drinking
        !  Protect environmental receptors
             Reduce contaminant concentrations in the plume to levels that are safe for biological receptors that may be affected at the
             ground-water discharge point.
                                                               boundary  of the waste is defined  by the  source  control
                                                               remedy. For example,  if the  source is removed,  the entire
                                                               plume is within the area of attainment. On the other hand, if
                                                               waste is managed  or  contained onsite,  the ground water
                                                               beneath the waste management area is not within the area of
                                                               attainment. Cleanup levels should be achieved throughout the
                                                               area of attainment.
                          ND
                                                  10
                  ND
45  Monitoring Well Location and
    Contaminant Concentration
    Contour of Contaminant Concentration

ND = Not Detected (Contaminants
    were not detected in the samples
    analyzed at these points)

    Area of Attainment
                                               5.2.2   Restoration Time Frame
                                               The restoration time frame is defined as the period of time
                                               required to achieve selected cleanup levels in the ground
                                               water at all locations within the area of attainment.  Factors
                                               that  can affect  the choice  of technologies, which in turn
                                               affects the restoration include the following:

                                                 !   Technical limits to extracting  contaminants—this  factor
                                                    must be evaluated first to determine the restoration time
                                                    frame that is practicable for the site
                                                 !   The feasibility of providing an alternate water supply
                                                 !   The potential use  and value  of  the  ground  water-
                                                    successively higher classes of ground  water should be
                                                    remediated more rapidly
                                                    The effectiveness and reliability of institutional controls
                                                    The ability to monitor and control contaminant movement

                                               These factors are explained in the following paragraphs.
    Figure 5-1
Conceptural  Diagram  of  Waste Source,
Containment Plume, and Attainment Area.
                                                           5-2
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
5.2.2.1   Technical   Limits   to   Extracting
          Contaminants
The  rate  at  which an aquifer  can be restored  through
extraction and treatment is  affected by contaminant-soil
interactions, the nature of the contaminants, and the physical
conditions  of the site and  contaminant plume.  For  all
chemicals present in the ground water there is an equilibrium
between the amount of the chemical that is sorbed to the
aquifer material and the amount dissolved in the ground water.
The  rate at which the chemical desorbs as clean water
is drawn into the contaminated zone as a result of pumping
will limit the pumping  rate that can effectively remove the
contaminants. As discussed in Chapter 3, in many cases
this rate can be estimated by calculating partition coefficients
for the contaminants using saturated soil core analyses and
incorporating  this information into models to estimate the
restoration time frame.

The presence of dense nonaqueous phase liquids (DNAPLs)
also may  affect  the extent to which contaminants can  be
removed from the ground water;  points of accumulation are
difficult to identify, and unless the well screen is located in the
nonaqueous  liquid phase,  the  contaminant will  only  be
extracted slowly as it dissolves into the ground water.

Naturally, the  nature of the source, the size of the plume, and
the transmissivity of the aquifer also will directly affect the
restoration time frame. For example, leaching of contaminants
from large areas  contaminated at low concentrations or from
non-homogeneous fills with  undetermined hot spots  may
continue to affect the ground water and should be  accounted
for to the extent possible in estimating the restoration time
frame. Estimating the restoration time frame will be difficult if
the site is not adequately characterized during the Rl; it will
be especially  difficult if the action to address the source has
not yet been determined.

Models can be used as a tool to estimate the restoration time
frame feasible for the site, accounting for site-specific factors,
as described in Chapter 3 and exemplified in Exhibit 3-5.

Once technical limits to extracting contaminants have been
assessed,  restoration  time  frames  for remedies  can  be
evaluated relative to this limit.

5.2.2.2 Feasibility of Providing an Alternate Water
       Supply
For  sites  at  which  ground-water users are currently  or
potentially  affected   by the  continued  migration  of  a
contaminant plume before remedial measures are  likely to be
effective, the feasibility of providing an alternate water supply
during the  remedial action  and  the  characteristics of any
potential alternate water
sources should be evaluated. The following issues should be
addressed:

  !   The time and cost required to develop an alternate water
     supply
  i
     The quality of the alternate water supply
  !   The reliability of the alternate water supply, particularly
     in terms of susceptibility to contamination

  !   The sustainable  quantity, or safe yield, of the water
     supply, considering  the water  use demands of those
     current users  affected by  the site, any current  or
     potential  competing  demands, as well as any water
     rights issues

  !   Whether the alternate water supply is itself irreplaceable
     (i.e., is there a backup to the alternate source)

A readily accessible water supply of sufficient quality and
yield that  is protected from sources of contamination may
reduce the importance of rapid remediation, providing more
flexibility to select a response action that requires a longer
time to achieve the cleanup level.  The presence of a  backup
source to the alternate water supply adds substantially to the
reliability of an alternate supply.

5.2.2.3 The potential Use and Value of the
        Ground Water
If ground water contaminated from a Superfund site is not
currently used  but  is a potential source of drinking water
(Class MB), the potential need should be evaluated in terms of
the  following:

  !   Timing, i.e., when a  demand for the ground water is
     anticipated
  !   The magnitude of the potential need, i.e., volume per day

  !   The  type  of   need,  e.g.,   drinking  water,  irrigation,
     manufacturing, etc.

  !   The  availability  and  characteristics of  other  water
     sources in the  same area

If a demand for high-quality ground water (e.g., drinking water)
is anticipated in the near  future and other potential sources
are  either not available or are of insufficient quality or quantity,
remedial alternatives that  rapidly  achieve cleanup levels are
preferred.

Predicting potential need is difficult. Reasonable assumptions
on  type, timing,  and volume  of potential  need  for  the
contaminated  ground water should  be  made to  guide
decisions concerning the restoration  time frame.
                                                       5-3
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
5.2.2.4 Effectiveness and Reliability of
        Institutional Controls

Institutional controls implemented at the State or local level
that restrict ground-water use should beimplemented as part
of the response action at all sites at which exposure poses a
threat to human health. In addition, institutional controls may
be used to prohibit offsite extraction of ground  water if
extraction would increase contaminant migration.

The  following   kinds  of institutional  controls  have   been
established  in  some states and localities and  may  be
considered to prevent exposure to contaminated ground water:

  !   Regulatory restrictions on construction and use of private
     water wells, such as well construction permits and water
     quality certifications

  !   Acquisition of real property by the government from
     private  entities  (acquisition  must  be exercised  in
     accordance with EPA Delegation 14-30; concurrence by
     EPA headquarters is  required)

  !   Exercise   of  regulatory   and  police   powers   by
     governments,  such  as   zoning  and  issuance  of
     administrative orders

  !   Restrictions on property transactions, including negative
     covenants and easements

  !   Nonenforceable controls, such as well-use advisories
     and deed notices

Property ownership may allow  extension of the restoration
time  frame but does not alleviate responsibility for achieving
cleanup levels throughout the area  of attainment. For new
ground-water users, licensing of well drillers, well construction
permits, well construction and location standards, and water
quality certification programs are generally effective, as are
regulations of  new development and property transactions.
However, the institutional control cannot be deemed effective
without considering the specific circumstances; it depends on
the specific  site,  the  State and local authorities, and any
private parties that are involved.  Zoning could also be used,
though it is generally the jurisdiction of the local planning or
zoning board.

For existing ground-water users, advisories could be issued,
but their reliability generally is limited. Administrative orders
also  could be issued.

The effectiveness and reliability  of these controls should  be
evaluated  when  determining whether rapid remediation is
warranted.  If there is adequate certainty that institutional
controls will  be effective and reliable, there is more flexibility
to select a response action that  has a longer restoration time
frame.
Conversely,  if it is unclear that an authority will  establish
institutional  controls, or  that  an  effective and reliable
enforcement  mechanism is in effect,  emphasis should  be
placed on response actions that  more rapidly restore the
ground water.  Institutional controls should be monitored
periodically  to  ensure the effectiveness of the  response
actions. Exhibit 5-1  is an example of institutional controls
used by the State of New Jersey.

5.2.2.5 Ability to Monitor and Control
       Contaminant  Movement

Complex flow patterns  may reduce the effectiveness of  a
remedial  action.  The ability  to  monitor and control the
movement of contaminants in  ground water  depends on the
properties and volume of the contaminants, the complexity of
the hydrogeology, and  the  quality of  the hydrogeologic
investigation. If the hydrogeology is relatively simple and the
ground-water flow paths  and the distribution  of contaminants
in  the ground water are well characterized, predictions of
remedial action performance are more reliable. This increased
reliability provides greater flexibility to  select a  remedial
alternative that requires more time  to achieve cleanup levels.

If flow patterns are complex and the hydrogeologic system is
difficult  to  characterize,  the  potential  for  unanticipated
migration pathways to develop increases, which may reduce
the effectiveness of the remedial  action. Remedial actions
should be designed to prevent, as quickly as possible and to
the extent practicable, further spread of a plume in these
complex  systems. However, some hydrogeologic  systems,
such as mature karst areas and areas with fractured bedrock,
may make remediation of ground water impracticable.

5.3 General Response Actions

After developing cleanup  levels and other  remedial action
objectives,  response  actions  that are consistent with the
remedial action objectives are identified. Categories of general
response actions for contaminated ground water include active
restoration, containment  through  hydraulic control, and limited
or  no active  response. These actions should be combined, if
appropriate, with institutional controls to protect human health
until such time that contaminants in ground water have  been
reduced  to  a  level  that is  safe  for  consumption.  The
application of these general response actions is discussed
below.

5.3.1  Active Restoration

Active restoration usually reduces ground-water contaminant
levels  more  rapidly  than plume  containment  or  natural
attenuation.  Factors that
                                                       5-4
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
       Table 5-1.  Institutional Controls in New Jersey
        New Jersey has implemented its authority to regulate access to contaminated ground water for the purpose of protecting public health.
        The state has delineated the boundaries of 19 areas where ground-water supplies are not potable because of chemical contaminants.
        The authority under which the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) makes these designations is a State statute
        that requires well drillers to  secure a permit before constructing any  ground-water wells. These designated areas have been
        established by the DEP on the basis of well sampling and other data obtained by DEP geologists. The Bureau of Water Supply issues
        restrictions for two types of areas:
          !  Those areas in which wells are contaminated or are likely to become contaminated within 2 to 3 years without remedial
            action

          !  Those areas in which wells are likely to become contaminated within 10 years without remedial action

        The DEP's practice is to deny any well permit application to construct a private well in any restricted area.


        The DEP has been given the authority to issue or deny a well-construction permit. On the basis of the DEP's own interpretation, it either
        (1) denies or (2) conditionally approves permit applications in those areas that have been designated as well -restriction areas. The
        DEP has not issued regulations governing practices and procedures for reviewing well-construction permits  but was scheduled to
        propose and  adopt such regulations in late 1986. It is expected that the regulations will include a section on permit denials, with
        language to the effect that "reasons for denying a permit include...the site where the well is planned has been designated by DEP
        as an area where wells cannot be constructed."


        Well drillers apply for construction permits on forms provided by the DEP.  It is at this stage that DEP screens out applications for wells
        from the restricted areas. The DEP generally denies those permits on  the basis of the formal designation.  However, sometimes
        applications for wells in the restricted areas are reviewed by DEP geologists for alternative construction methods. In some cases, the
        driller has been allowed to proceed with well construction on the condition that the well be drilled into a deeper, uncontaminated aquifer
        and that the driller conform to special construction procedures, i.e., casing the upper aquifer to prevent cross contamination. Although
        there is no surveillance or enforcement of the permitting requirements, officials in charge of the program state that it is successful.
potentially favor the use of active restoration include:

   !  Mobile contaminants
   !  Moderate  to  high  hydraulic  conductivities  in  the
     contaminated aquifer
   !  Effective  treatment  technologies
     contaminants in the ground water
available  for  the
5.3.1.1  Extraction and Treatment
An extraction system can be used to remove contaminated
ground  water. This is followed by treatment, if required, and
discharge or reinjection back into the aquifer. Extraction can
be  achieved  by  using pumping  wells,  French  drains,  or
trenches. Pumping may be  continuous or pulsed  to remove
contaminants after they have been given time to desorb from
the  aquifer  material and equilibrate  with ground water.
Treatment  may involve air-stripping, carbon adsorption, and
biological treatment,  depending on the  physical/chemical
properties of the contaminants.

5.3.1.2 Innovative Technologies
Because extraction and treatment systems may not be able
to  remediate  ground  water  to health-based levels  in  a
reasonable time frame  for some contaminants or  in some
zones  where  contaminants  have saturated the  aquifer
material, innovative methods may be considered alone or in
conjunction
with extraction to reduce contaminants below the level  at
which they have reached equilibrium with  the  saturated soil
and to treat or contain the source of contamination. Methods
that are in the developmental stage for ground water treatment
and source control include biorestoration, soil flushing, steam
stripping, ground-water  pumping  in  conjunction  with soil
vacuum extraction, and in situ vitrification. These technologies
are briefly described in the following paragraphs. The fact that
most in  situ technologies require  extensive pilot testing to
ensure their viability at a particular site should be considered
during the RI/FS.

Biorestoration  relies  on  microorganisms   to  transform
hazardous compounds into  innocuous materials. Almost  all
organic compounds and some inorganic compounds can  be
degraded biologically if given the proper physical and chemical
conditions  and sufficient time.  Biological  processes are
particularly useful for detoxifying aqueous solutions containing
dilute concentrations of hazardous materials.  Biorestoration
can be  enhanced by  using  the native microorganisms and
injecting  nutrients,  including  oxygen,  or  by  injecting
microorganisms to the subsurface environment. Some organic
compounds readily biodegrade, while other molecules degrade
at a much slower rate. Some organic compounds are toxic to
microorganisms or inhibit their activity. Special  methods may
be necessary to enhance biorestoration
                                                           5-5
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
of these compounds. The toxicity of degradation by-products
should also be considered. In some cases, such as with the
degradation   of  trichloroethylene  to  vinyl   chloride,  the
by-products are more toxic than the parent compound. Exhibit
5-2 presents  an example of the  use of bio restoration  at a
pharmaceutical plant.

Soil flushing refers to applying a liquid flushing agent to
contaminated  soil  to  physically  or  chemically  remove
contaminants. The flushing agent is allowed to percolate into
the soil  and  enhance  the  transport  of  contaminants to
ground-water  extraction  wells  for recovery.  The extracted
solvent may then be treated and recycled. Water is normally
used as the flushing agent; however,  other solvents may be
used for contaminants that are tightly  held or only slightly
soluble in water. Solvents are selected on the basis of (1) their
ability  to  solubilize  the   contaminants   and  (2)   their
environmental and human health effects. Thus, it is important
to know the chemistry and toxicity of the surfactant. It is also
important to understand the hydrogeology of the site to ensure
that contaminants will be extracted once they are mobilized.
This technology is most  applicable for soluble organics  and
metals at a low-to-medium concentration that are distributed
over a wide  area.  This  technology  can  reduce the time
required to complete ground-water cleanup.

In situ steam stripping is an innovative technology used to
enhance the volatilization of  organic compounds in  the soil.
Steam is injected and mixed into the ground through specially
adapted  hollow  core  drill  stems.  Volatilized  organic
compounds rise to the surface and are collected via a blower
system.  The  collected gases  are treated  to condense the
organics and  trap the remainder on activated carbon. Once
treated,  the  gases are  reheated  and  reinjected.  This
technology allows fora high degree of organics to be removed
in a relatively  short time.

Soil vapor extraction has been  used at  several  sites to
augment ground-water   extraction  and  treatment.  This
technology can be applied using a variety of system designs,
depending  on site  conditions.  A vacuum  is applied to
subsurface soils in the unsaturated zone and in dewatered
portions of the saturated zone. The extracted vapor or soil gas
contains  volatile contaminants that  can  be  either vented
directly to the  atmosphere  or collected in a vapor-phase
carbon adsorption system. This  system may consist  of a
single extraction well screened in the  contaminated  zone, or
it may  include inlet wells  that  direct air flow  through  a
particular interval. Figure 5-2 illustrates how this type of
system might be designed for a leaking  underground storage
tank. At this time, no generally applicable design guidelines
can be provided because the  design and  operation of soil
vapor extraction is an emerging technology.
There are many factors to be considered in deciding if soil
vapor extraction should be tried, such as:

  !   Types of volatiles
  !   Concentration
  !   Quantity of volatiles
  !   Volume and depth of contaminated soil
  !   Depth to ground water
  !   Physical  characteristics  of  the  contaminated  soil,
     particularly stratification and permeability
  !   Surface of the contaminated area

Some considerations that may be useful are:

  !   Depth of contaminated soil-it  may be more practical to
     trench  across  the area of contamination and install
     perforated piping in the trench  bottom than to install
     vapor extraction wells.

  !   Short-circuiting  of air from the ground surface to the
     vapor extraction intake-it may be possible to cap or
     cover the surface to limit the short circuiting.
  !   Flow nets-model  the pressure  drops and flow of air
     through the soil, and include provisions in the design to
     enhance the flow through  the areas of  maximum
     concern.
  !   Staged  soil  vapor extraction installation-design  and
     install  the  system  in  phases to   maximize  the
     effectiveness of inlet and outlet locations.
  !   Air emissions-there are several ways that air emissions
     can  be limited and  controlled  (e.g.,  use  of carbon
     adsorption units).

In situ vitrification (ISV) is  a  thermal treatment  process that
converts the contaminated area into a chemically inert, stable
glass and crystalline product. Electrodes are inserted into the
area to be treated, and a conductive mixture of flaked graphite
and glass frit is placed among the electrodes to  act as the
starter path. An electric potential is applied to the electrodes,
establishing an electric current in the  starter  path. The
resultant  power heats  the  starter path  and  surrounding
material above the fusion  temperature of soil.  The graphite
starter pad  is consumed  by oxidation, and the current is
transformed to the molten soil. As the vitrified zone grows, it
incorporates  nonvolatile elements  and  destroys organic
compounds  by pyrolysis. Any water present is vaporized. The
pyrolyzed by-products migrate to the surface of the vitrified
zone, where they combust in the presence of oxygen. A hood
placed over the  processing area is used to collect  the
combustion  gases,  which are drawn off and treated  in  a
separate system. The ISV technology has been demonstrated
                                                       5-6
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
           Exhibit 5-2.   Biorestoration at Biocraft Laboratories
           Biocraft Laboratories is a small synthetic penicillin manufacturing plant located on a 4-acre site in an industrial park in
           Waldwick, New Jersey. Several years ago contamination was discovered in the shallow aquifer below the site. The
           contamination consisted of a mixture of methylene chloride, acetone, n-butyl alcohol, and dimethyl aniline.

           Biocraft evaluated several cleanup alternatives and settled on a biodegradation process. The system included the
           following:

              !  Collecting the contaminated plume downgradient of the source in a slotted-pipe collection trench and two
                interceptor wells
              !  Treating the collected ground water in a surface aerobic biological treatment system
              !  Injecting the treated water upgradient of the source in two slotted-pipe recharge trenches to flush the soil of
                contaminants
              !  Stimulating in situ biodegradation of contaminants in the subsurface by injecting air through a series of aeration
                wells along the path of ground-water flow
           The system has proven to be quite effective. After 3 years of operation, the contaminant plume was reduced by
           approximately 90 percent.
at full scale at sites containing PCBs, plating wastes, and
process  sludges. For ground  water, it  is  probably only
practicable for shallow, discontinuous, low-productivity zones
because of the additional energy required for vaporization.

5.3.2   Plume Containment or Gradient Control
Plume containment refers to minimizing the spread of a plume
through hydraulic gradient control, which can be either active
(e.g., by using pumping wells or French drains) or passive
(e.g., by  using a slurry wall).  These options rely  on the
prevention of exposure for the protection  of human  health.
Slow contaminant removal (for gradient control systems) or
natural  attenuation may gradually  achieve cleanup levels
within the contained area. Conditions that potentially favor the
use of a containment alternative include:

   !  Ground   water   that   is   naturally  unsuitable  for
     consumption (e.g., Class III  aquifers)
   !  Low mobility contaminants

   !  Low aquifer transmissivity

   !  Low concentrations of contaminants

   !  Low potential for exposure

   !  Low projected demand for future use of the ground water

5.3.3   Limited or No Active Response
This category of response  action  includes two  distinct
alternatives: (1) a natural attenuation alternative that includes
monitoring and institutional controls that should be developed
in many  cases as a point of comparison;  and (2) wellhead
treatment or  provision of an  alternate water supply with
institutional  controls,
when active restoration or containment is  not  feasible or
practicable.

5.3.3.1 Natural Attenuation with Monitoring
Natural attenuation relies on the ground water's natural ability
to  lower  contaminant  concentrations   through  physical,
chemical, and  biological processes until cleanup levels are
met. Natural attenuation generally is a  long-term response
action that continues until cleanup levels have been attained
throughout the area of attainment, when the site can  be
removed from the National Priorities List. Natural  attenuation
should be carried through the detailed analysis as a point of
comparison, but it is not generally recommended except when
active  restoration  is  not  practicable,  cost-effective,  or
warranted because of site-specific  situations; e.g., Class III
ground water is contaminated. A natural attenuation response
action generally includes monitoring to track the direction and
rate of movement of the plume, as well  as responsibility  for
maintaining effective, reliable institutional controls to prevent
use of the contaminated ground water. The use of institutional
controls should not, however, substitute for active response
measures, unless such measures have been determined not
to be practicable  based on the balancing of tradeoffs among
alternatives that is conducted during the selection process.
Conditions that potentially favor the use of natural attenuation
include the factors listed  under Section 5.3.2,  as well  as
conditions appropriate under CERCLA Section 121(d)(2)(B)(ii)
(discharge  to   surface   water).   For   example,   when
contaminants are expected to attenuate to health-based levels
in a relatively short distance or when there is a narrow strip of
land between the discharge stream where contaminant levels
are not expected  to increase,
                                                         5-7
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                                    Contaminated
                                                                    Ground-water
Figure 5-2.   Schematic of a Soil Vapor Extraction System.
natural attenuation may be the most practicable response.

5.3.3.2 Special Situations Requiring Wellhead
        Treatment or Alternate Water  Supply and
        Institutional Controls
There are special situations when it may not be practicable or
feasible to fully restore ground water. Widespread plumes,
hydrogeological constraints, contaminant-related factors, and
physical/chemical interactions may limit the effectiveness of
active restoration. Natural attenuation and well head treatment
with monitoring and institutional  controls may be the only
feasible remedies for these sites. A technical impracticability
waiver from meeting an MCL in drinkable ground water may be
needed in these circumstances. If levels  of contaminants  are
projected to attenuate, a waiver may not be necessary if
cleanup levels will be achieved in a reasonable time frame (i.e.,
less than 100 years).

Widespread plumes that frequently cannot be  remediated
feasibly can result from the following situations:
  !   Sites in industrial areas where shallow ground water is
     easily contaminated-ln these cases, remediation may be
     difficult because  the  ground water  could  easily be
     recontaminated and specific  point sources cannot be
     identified. This does not include the case where separate
     sources can  be identified, which should be addressed
     using the  multiple source ground-water policy described
     in Appendix B.

  !   Mining and  pesticide  sites-These  sites  have  high
     volumes of wastes that generally cover large areas.
                                                       5-8
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Hydrogeological constraints that can limit the effectiveness of
active restoration occur when plumes migrate into formations
from which they cannot easily be removed. Although some
level of contaminant  reduction can  usually be  achieved,
complete  restoration  to  health-based  levels may  not be
feasible. These situations include:

  !   Contaminant migration into fractured bedrock
  !   Contaminant migration into karst aquifers
  !   Sites at which the transmissivity of the aquifer is less
     than 50 ft2/day

Contaminant-related factors  include situations where the
nature of  the contaminant makes restoration  difficult.  For
example,  when  DNAPLs migrate to ground  water,  they
frequently  sink to the less permeable  material at the base of
the  aquifer, accumulating in isolated areas above the less
permeable material. Generally, these  contaminants can only
be  removed  by  extraction  directly  at  the  points  of
accumulation, which often cannot be identified practicably. In
such  cases,  a  remedy  involving extraction wells or an
interceptor trench between the site and any drinking water
wells to collect the DNAPLs as they dissolve may be the only
feasible remedy.

Physical/chemical interactions, such as partitioning, can limit
the  effectiveness of restoration. As discussed in Chapter 3,
the  rate  at  which contaminants  desorb  from the  aquifer
material limits the rate at  which the aquifer can  be restored.
Factors that influence sorption include the length of time the
contaminants have been  in contact with the aquifer  material
and the organic content of the soil. Sometimes the organic
content of the soil is artificially increased by the presence of
long-chain hydrocarbons in the plume.

5.4     Formulating and Screening
       Alternatives

A range of remedial technologies can be combined under a
particular general response action. Figure 5-3  provides an
overview of some of the technologies  available for a ground-
water  remedial  action.  Alternatives  are  developed  from
combinations of these various process options.

Examples  of remedial alternatives include the following:
  !  Active resforaf/on-Three extraction wells pumping at a
     rate  of  10 gpm to a  carbon  adsorption unit and
     discharging to a POTW

  !   Plume confa/nmenf-lnstallation  of a  bentonite barrier
     wall and use of well construction  permits to prevent new
     well installation within the area of the plume
  !   Natural attenuation-Mor\\lor\r\g of ground water for 10
     years when  contaminant  levels  are  expected  to
     attenuate to health-based levels
  !   No  Active  Response-Development   of  ACLs  and
     issuance of well-construction restrictions

The components that are incorporated in a remedial alternative
can include extraction, containment, treatment, discharge,
and  institutional  controls.  Information on the uses and
limitations  of  these  technologies  is  presented in EPA's
Handbook for Remedial Action at Waste Disposal Sites (U.S.
EPA, 1985a).

The final step in the alternative development process is to
develop a  limited  number  of alternatives.  In general, the
approach for developing alternatives applies to Class I and
Class  II  ground water. Class III ground  water  is treated
separately and is described in Section 5.4.2.

5.4.1   Ground Water That is a Current or
        Potential Source of Drinking  Water

A rapid remedial alternative generally should be developed for
ground water that is a current or potential source of drinking
water. This alternative should achieve the  selected  cleanup
level throughout the area of attainment within the shortest time
technically feasible.  Additional  alternatives  should  be
developed to ensure that a wide range of distinctive hazardous
waste management strategies are evaluated at most sites.
Natural attenuation to health-based levels often is a baseline
alternative for comparison with other alternatives.

Typically, three to  five alternatives will be carried through to
detailed analysis.  Screening  criteria that  can be  used to
evaluate and narrow the range of alternatives are as follows:

  !   Effectiveness in reducing  contaminant levels in the
     plume, attaining AFxARs or other health-based levels,
     and protecting human health and the environment
  i
     Implementability  with   respect  to   technical  and
     administrative  feasibility of the alternatives and the
     availability of needed technologies and services
     A general  cosf analysis to identify  alternatives that are
     significantly more costly than  other alternatives that
     achieve the same level of plume reduction
For ground water, a screening step is often unnecessary
because  active  restoration,  containment,  and   natural
attenuation alternatives normally will be evaluated.
                                                       5-9
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
General Response
Action


















Active
Restoration













— — — j

jt ,i -eni j




i
Attenuation













































Components of
R&m&dtal Action












Tmasment Options










Discharge




	 ; 	 ; 	 IC 	 l 	
- 	 nsiu">rw__on-r°!! 	

	 ^ 	
3



r — __ — — „,,,„„.-. 	 , 	 ,„..,





i ig




















































^___J.^^























	 j











Technology





n etcep-or ra its



Chemical
OffSiSe Treatment
	 	 	




, erinal
- 	 — 	 — — — '
In Sfe Treatment


Surtaw

Deep Well injedion










Slurry Walts, Other
Vertical Barfiere

Low Peimeabihiy
Caps and Liners




._*».
Sere of we'ls to exl-aet -ontarninj'ed around water

in-jscljon wfi-Hs onsfte tt? in|&ct tincontamsnated or tf&ated
water to increase flow raSe to sx'ractsori we^Hs

pefmeabfe rned^a to mtercept and called contaminated ground
water
Biofo^'CS- !T,0c('fsCi3sion or dgstriBcti-on

Chernicalmo*,c*0nQrdeS,u«,on
Treatment at PQTW or RQRA facility

Rh s^ea1 separat-on o* rcmrentr^oo


"H^ermsl desfaic^on of waste


to ires* m plats


Oischnrg^ treated or untreated ground wale* icsonste surface
ReiPiect iteaffcd ground wale*1 So aquiies
Discharge treated cr untreated gr&und waiar to regulatKf deep
vvs!? !Ti£&ct)on system
Dfschssrge Sealed or untreated ground watef to local POTW

Discharge treated grourvd water so water supply system

IrtstitaNn^al control way include de^d ?esirsc§tong,
t ±< »

Use of ftydrau'Uc gradient tt> cO'dtrot tlow




. r « id'<
a e& o o«.n\0 ^a !ecson



rasf^i^Jtons oi> uw of Qsouflf;! <^sl& d@ni^ of w^^ oswiits
acf^ui&itson o^ ground water rights and we-i& fo snonitos
              Flgyra S-3  General R0sponse Actions and Process Options for Ground Water.
                                                                      5-10
Word-searchable Version-Not a true copy

-------
Alternatives that do not meet ARARs or protect human health
and the environment should  be screened  out, as should
alternatives that are orders of magnitude more costly than
other  protective alternatives,  or that pose implementability
problems that are high relative  to other protective alternatives,
as reflected by the cost and  time needed to surmount the
problem.

5.4.2   Ground Water That Is Not Current or
        Potential Drinking Water

If a Superfund site has ground water that is unsuitable for
human  consumption i.e., Class  III,  a  limited number  of
alternatives should be developed on the basis of the specific
 site conditions. Environmental receptors that are potentially
affected or other beneficial uses  such as  agricultural  or
industrial uses, will often be the critical factors used when
selecting cleanup levels. Also, the spread of contamination to
uncontaminated drinkable ground water should be prevented,
as should further migration from the source. If Class III ground
water is interconnected with ground water that is a current or
potential drinking water source, i.e., Class I or Class  II,
remediation may be required to protect the higher use ground
water.  The  range  of ground-water remedial  alternatives
developed for Class III ground water will usually be relatively
limited,  and the evaluation will  be less extensive than for
Class I or Class II ground water.
                                                      5-11
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                 Chapter 6
                      Detailed Analysis of Alternatives and Selection of Remedy
6.1    Introduction

During the detailed analysis, remedial alternatives that have
been  retained from the alternative development phase are
analyzed against nine evaluation criteria, which are described
in this chapter.  The purpose of the detailed analysis is  to
compare  alternatives so that the remedy that offers the most
favorable  balance among the nine criteria can be selected.
This chapter discusses these evaluation criteria and how they
may  apply to  sites  with  ground-water  contamination.
An  example   of  how  the  criteria   are  used  at   a
particular site  is  presented  in the case  study,  found  in
Appendix A.

6.2    Evaluation Criteria

The analysis of a remedial action for ground water is made on
the  basis of the  following nine evaluation criteria:

    !   Overall   protection  of  human  health   and  the
       environment

    !   Compliance with ARARs

    !   Long-term effectiveness and permanence

    !   Reduction of toxicity, mobility, or volume

    !   Short-term effectiveness

    !   Implementability

    !   Cost

    !   State acceptance

    !   Community acceptance

The first two criteria are actually  requirements; the selected
remedy must protect human health and the environment and
attain ARARs  or  provide  grounds  for invoking  a waiver.
Alternatives are analyzed  using the  next five  criteria  to
determine how they compare to one another  and to identify
tradeoffs  between  them. The final two criteria are modifying
considerations and can only be evaluated in the FS to the
extent that the affected state and community have submitted
formal comments at this point in the process. Typically, these
considerations will not be taken into account until the ROD is
prepared following the public comment period on the proposed
plan and RI/FS report.

Chapter 7 of the RI/FS Guidance (U.S. EPA, 1988c) presents
a recommended format for conducting the detailed analysis.
The basic features of each of the alternatives are described.
Then,  a comparative  analysis is undertaken to examine the
relative performance of the alternatives under each of the nine
criteria.  A  narrative  discussion  and summary  table are
prepared for  each  part  of  the  detailed  analysis.  The
recommended remedy must be protective, attain ARARs, be
cost-effective, and  use permanent solutions and treatment
technologies to the maximum extent practicable, which  is
determined  primarily  by balancing  the next five criteria, as
modified by state and community acceptance.

6.2.1   Overall Protection of Human Health and the
        Environment

This criteria  addresses whether the remedy is protective of
human health  and the environment considering the site's
characteristics. The remedy's  long-term effectiveness and
permanence, short-term effectiveness, toxicity, mobility, and
volume reduction affect the evaluation of this criterion.  How
each alternative achieves protection over time and whether
site risks are  eliminated, reduced,  or controlled are  also
analyzed.

At sites with ground-water contamination, overall protection
from ground-water contaminant exposure is based largely on
the certainty that a remedy can achieve and maintain cleanup
levels.

6.2.2   Compliance with ARARs

Unless a waiver has been obtained for a particular ARAR or an
ACL under  Section 121(d)(2)(B)(ii) has been obtained  for a
chemical-specific ARAR, the selected remedy must comply
with all location-, action-, and chemical-specific ARARs.
                                                     6-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Six waivers to meeting ARARs are contained in CERCLA.
They include the following:

    !    Interim remedy

    !    Greater risk to human health and the environment

    !    Technical impracticability

    !    Equivalent standard of performance

    !    Inconsistent application of State requirements

    !    Fund-balancing

These waivers and their potential use at sites with ground-
water contamination are explained below.

6.2.2.1  Interim Remedy
An interim remedy can be part of the final remedy or it can be
a partial remedy that is implemented while the final remedy is
under construction or while the necessary  arrangements for
the final remedy  (e.g., obtaining permits)  are  made. This
waiver  generally  would  not be  used  for ground-water
contamination situations unless the ARAR for an operable unit
that was taken as a final  action was being waived.  For
example, long-term storage of treatment  residuals while a
process for managing the residuals is  being arranged may
require a waiver of applicable land disposal restrictions.

6.2.2.2 Greater Risk to Human Health and the
        Environment
If meeting an ARAR  requires a  remedial  action that could
increase health or environmental risk, and that remedial action
was considered solely to meet an ARAR, the ARAR should
be waived. Also, the effect on public and worker safety of
implementing such  a remedy should be  assessed.  For
example,  if State air standards require  that a  carbon
adsorption  unit  be placed  on an air-stripper designed to
remove volatiles from contaminated ground water, but naturally
occurring radionuclides in the ground water accumulate on the
carbon to the  extent that risk levels  increase, it  may be
appropriate to waive the ARAR.

Factors  that should be considered when invoking this waiver
include  the magnitude, duration,  and reversibility  of the
adverse effects. In addition, the implications of meeting or not
meeting an ARAR must be weighed before  the waiver can be
justified.

6.2.2.3 Technical Impracticability
Technical impracticability implies an unfavorable balance of
engineering feasibility and reliability. The term "engineering
perspective" used in CERCLA implies that cost, although a
factor, is not generally a major factor in the determination of
technical impracticability. This waiver  may  be used when
neither existing nor innovative technologies can
 reliably attain the ARAR in question; or attainment of the
ARAR is not practicable from an engineering perspective. For
ground-water remedies,  technical impracticability  may  be
measured in terms of restoration time frame. A time frame
beyond  100 years would  generally warrant the technical
impracticability waiver.

6.2.2.4 Equivalent Standard of Performance
This waiver is used  when an ARAR  is  stipulated by  a
particular  design  or operating  standard, but equivalent or
better results  (e.g., contaminant levels, worker safety, or
reliability)  could be achieved using an alternative design or
method of operation.

It is anticipated that this waiver will generally be inappropriate
for ground-water remedies,  as most ARARs for ground-water
are chemical specific rather than action specific.

6.2.2.5 Inconsistent Application of State
       Requirements
This waiver is  intended to prevent unreasonable  restrictions
from being imposed on remedial actions. A standard must be
promulgated in order for it to be an ARAR. This waiver is used
in two situations:  (1) when State requirements have been
developed and promulgated but never applied because of their
lack of applicability in past situations (such requirements
should not be applied in CERCLA actions if there is evidence
that the state does not intend to apply them to non-CERCLA
actions that are  otherwise similar);  and  (2) when State
standards have  been variably  applied or  inconsistently
enforced.

The consistency of application may be determined by:

  !   Similarity of sites or response circumstances (nature of
     contaminants or media affected, characteristics of waste
     and facility, degree  of danger or risk, etc.)

  !   Proportion   of   non-compliance  cases   (including
     enforcement actions)

  !   Reason for non-compliance

  !   Intention to consistently apply future requirements  as
     demonstrated by policy statements, legislative history,
     site remedial planning documents, or State responses to
     sites at  which  EPA is the  lead   agency.  Newly
     promulgated  requirements are presumed to embody this
     intention unless there  is contrary evidence.

6.2.2.6 Fund-Balancing
The Fund-balancing waiver  may be invoked when meeting an
ARAR would entail extremely high costs in relation to the
added degree of protection or reduction of risk afforded by that
standard  and when remedial action at other sites would be
jeopardized
                                                     6-2
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
(because of lack of funds) as a result. The following criteria
should be  considered  when invoking  the  Fund-balancing
waiver for ARARs:

  !   Cosf-Fund balancing is only appropriate if the relative
     level of the cost is high.

  !   Availability of Superfund Monies to Respond to Other
     S/tes-Projections should show that significant threats
     from other sites may not be addressed under the current
     level of Superfund monies.
6.2.3   Long-Term Effectiveness and
        Permanence
The next criterion used to evaluate and compare alternatives
is  long-term effectiveness and  permanence. This criterion
addresses how well a remedy maintains protection of human
health and the environment after remedial action objectives
have  been  met.  Components  of  analyzing  long-term
effectiveness include examining the magnitude of residual risk
and the adequacy and long-term reliability of management
controls. For  example,  a ground-water  remedy  involving
recharge might be selected because recharge preserves the
ground water as  a resource while the remedy is in place as
well as  after the action is terminated. The source control
action  will  also  affect the long-term effectiveness  of the
ground-water remedy since actions that do not fully address
migration from  the source or  that have a lower probability of
reducing or eliminating contaminant migration to ground water
will ultimately reduce the effectiveness of the ground  water
action. The probability of attaining cleanup levels, particularly
in  complex or  technically  limiting situations such as those
described in Section 5.3.3.2, should also be considered under
this criterion.

6.2.4   Reduction of Mobility, Toxicity, or Volume
The anticipated performance  of treatment technologies used
in  the  alternatives is evaluated under this criterion. The
amount  of hazardous material destroyed or  treated and the
amount remaining onsite is assessed, along  with the degree
of  expected reduction in  mobility,  toxicity, or volume.  In
addition, the degree to which the treatment is  reversible is
evaluated. For ground water, this might be evaluated by
calculating the proportion of the contaminant plume that is
remediated. This criterion is also related to the preference for
treatment as a principal element. In determining whether the
preference is satisfied, all of the principal threats posed  by the
site must be considered.  Ground-water contamination will
typically comprise a principal  threat at many Superfund sites,
but if source or soil threats are also present, treatment only of
ground water would not satisfy the preference.
6.2.5   Short-Term Effectiveness
The effectiveness of the alternative in protecting human health
and the environment during construction and implementation
is assessed under the short-term effectiveness criterion. The
length  of time required to achieve protection, the short-term
reliability of the technology, and protection of the community
and of workers during remediation are considered.  The time
frame for plume removal is analyzed with reference to onsite
and offsite human and environmental exposure points. This
evaluation should include consideration of short-term and
cross-media   impacts   that   may   be   posed   during
implementation of the remedy. Short-term effects such as the
disruption  to   residential   neighborhoods   or   sensitive
environments caused  by construction of a slurry wall, for
example, should also be evaluated.

6.2.6   Implementability
The technical and administrative feasibility of alternatives as
well as the availability of needed  goods and services are
evaluated to assess  the remedy's  implementability.  The
factors that make up the implementability criterion  are as
follows:

  !  Ability  to  construct,  operate  and  maintain   the
    technology; e.g.,  a slurry wall generally is more  difficult
    to construct than a ground-water extraction system
    alone and thus may receive a  less favorable evaluation
    under this criterion.

  !  Ability to  phase in other actions, if necessary; e.g.,  a
    ground-water extraction system implemented prior to the
    source control action may  restrict the type of source
    control actions that could be implemented.

  !  Ease  of  undertaking additional remedial actions,  if
    necessary; e.g., the capacity  of an air-stripper  and its
    ability to treat larger volumes of ground water may make
    it  a more favorable option than an alternative  using  a
    system limited to low ground-water flow rates.

  !  Ability to monitor the effectiveness of the remedy; e.g.,
    variations in ground-water monitoring requirements, the
    length of time that monitoring is required, the frequency
    of monitoring, and the  depth  of monitoring  might be
    compared for different alternatives.

  !  Ability to  obtain  approvals and  permits from other
    agencies (for offsite actions); e.g., obtaining approval to
    discharge to a POTW may be more difficult than meeting
    the substantive NPDES requirements for discharging to
    surface water.

  !  Coordination with other agencies; e.g., certain remedies
    may require more coordination with local agencies, such
    as approval to discharge to a POTW.
                                                      6-3
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
  !   Availability of hazardous waste treatment, storage, and
     disposal facilities to dispose of treatment residuals, and
     their capacity; e.g., remedies that generate ground-water
     treatment residuals such  as sludges or spent carbon
     may be less favorable under this criterion than remedies
     that do not.

  !   Availability of necessary equipment and specialists; e.g.,
     innovative   treatment   techniques   may   be   less
     implementable than treatment techniques that are in
     common use.

6.2.7   Cost
Capital and operation and maintenance costs are evaluated for
each alternative. These costs include design and construction
costs,  remedial  action operating costs,  other capital and
short-term costs,  costs associated with maintenance, and
costs of performance evaluations, including monitoring. All
costs are calculated on a present worth basis.

6.2.8   State Acceptance
This analysis will usually be deferred to the ROD following
receipt of public comments. During the FS, it is limited to
formal comments made by the  state during previous phases
of the RI/FS. Technical and administrative issues that the
state  may  have  concerning  each alternative  action  are
identified and analyzed. Features that the state supports,
features  that the  state may have reservations  about, and
features that the state opposes are discussed.

6.2.9   Community Acceptance
The evaluation of community acceptance is analogous to the
evaluation  made  for  State  acceptance  and generally is
deferred  until ROD preparation. Comments received from the
public are assessed to determine aspects of each remedy
that are supported or opposed.

6.3  Selection of Remedy
The selection of a remedial action from among alternatives is
a two-step process. First, a preferred alternative is identified
and presented to the public in a proposed plan along with the
supporting information and analysis for review and comment.
Second,  the lead agency  reviews the  public  comments,
consults with the support agency to evaluate whether the
preferred alternative is still the most  appropriate remedial
action for the site, and makes a decision.

As discussed in Section 6.1, the  remedies are selected by
balancing the  nine  evaluation criteria. First,  it should be
confirmed that all alternatives provide adequate protection of
human health and the environment and either attain or exceed
all of their ARARs or provide grounds for invoking a waiver of
an ARAR.  As part of the  balancing,  total costs  of each
alternative should be compared to the overall
effectiveness each  affords.  The  costs  and  the  overall
effectiveness of the alternatives should be  examined to
determine which alternatives offer results proportional to their
costs. This might be accomplished by comparing the relative
plume reduction to the cost for various restoration alternatives.

The preferred alternative is selected by evaluating the relative
long-term effectiveness; short-term effectiveness; reduction in
toxicity, mobility, or volume; implementability; and cost of the
alternatives.  The  alternative that  represents  the  best
combination of those factors deemed most important to the
site will be chosen.  In performing the necessary balancing,
the preference for remedies  involving treatment as a  principal
element must be considered. The proposed plan will identify
the alternative that appears to offer the best balance of the
tradeoffs among the alternatives in terms of the criteria  and
confirm the expectation that all statutory requirements would
be satisfied.

In making  the final selection, the balancing is reassessed in
light of any new information or point of view expressed in the
comments.  The  relationship  between costs  and  overall
effectiveness is reexamined and the balancing analysis is
reevaluated, this  time  taking into account not only  the
preference for treatment as a principal element,  but  also the
modifying   considerations   of  State  and   community
acceptance. After this  step,  either the original preferred
alternative or another cost-effective alternative that provides a
better combination of the balancing criteria is selected. Using
this  process,  the  selected   remedy  will  represent  the
protective, cost-effective solution for the site  or problem that
uses  permanent  solutions and  alternative treatment (or
resource recovery)  technologies to the maximum extent
practicable. This finding, along with a discussion of how each
of the statutory  requirements are  satisfied, should appear in
the ROD.

Typically,  a ROD  for ground-water action should include the
following components:

   !   A summary of the site  characterization and baseline
      risk  assessment performed in the  Rl

   !   A summary of the alternatives examined  in detail  and
      the comparative analysis undertaken in the FS

   !   Remedial action objectives defined in the FS; for the
      selected remedy, the  ROD should describe:

      - Cleanup levels

      - Area of attainment

      - Estimated restoration time frame
                                                      6-4
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
  !   A description of technical aspects of the remedy, such
     as the following:
     ••Expected pumping and/or flow rates
     ••Number of extraction wells

     ••Treatment process

     ••Control of cross-media impacts

     ••Management of residuals

     ••Gradient control system description

     ••Type  of  institutional controls and  implementing
       authority

In many cases, the performance of  remedies for restoring
contaminated ground water can only  be evaluated after the
remedy has been implemented and monitored for a period of
time. The remedial  action objectives should be presented as
estimates or ranges so that a reasonable degree of change
can be
accommodated during the design and implementation without
having to develop a new ROD. A variation of this is to allow for
a reasonable degree of change in the goal of the  remedy
based on experience gained during remediation. For example,
a ground-water extraction and treatment remedy might include
two scenarios: (1) ground-water extraction continues until
cleanup goals are attained or (2) ground-water extraction
continues  until contaminant  levels  in the extracted  water
reach a constant value or asymptote (e.g., contaminant mass
is no longer being removed at significant levels), at which point
portions of the plume that remain above the cleanup levels are
managed  through containment  and  use  of institutional
controls. This type  of  remedy has  been  used in the
underground storage tank program.

The information that should be presented in the ROD for an
interim action operable unit can be found in Appendix C.
                                                     6-5
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                    Chapter 7
                       Evaluating Performance and Modifying Remedial Actions
7.1  Introduction

Even when a detailed hydrogeologic investigation has been
performed, the complex  behavior of contaminants in ground
water, combined with the heterogeneity of hydrogeologic systems,
make predicting the effectiveness of remediation difficult. This
chapter  presents  a   conceptual  discussion  of evaluating
performance and  modifying remedial actions.  Administrative
requirements associated with changes in a remedial action and
elements of a performance evaluation program are identified and
discussed.

Performance evaluations of the full-scale remedial action, based
on the monitoring data  discussed in Section 7.4, are conducted
periodically  to  compare  actual performance  to  expected
performance. The frequency  of performance evaluations should
be  determined   by   site-specific   conditions.   Conducting
performance evaluations and modifying remedial actions is part
of a flexible  approach  to attaining remedial action objectives.
Decisions can be verified or modified during remediation  to
improve a remedy's performance and ensure protection of human
health and the environment.

7.2  Modifying Decisions

Figure 7-1 represents a decrease in contaminant concentration
over  time  for three ground-water remedial actions of varying
effectiveness. Line A represents a remedial action that is meeting
design expectations, and the desired cleanup levels are predicted
to be reached within the anticipated time. Line B represents a
remedial action that is predicted to achieve the cleanup levels, but
the action will have to be operated longer than anticipated. Line
C represents a remedial action that will not achieve the desired
cleanup levels for a long  time,  if ever, without modifying the
remedial  action. Performance evaluations provide information
about whether remedial action objectives can be met  using the
selected alternative.

Performance evaluations should be conducted 1 to 2 years after
startup to  fine-tune the process. More extensive performance
evaluations should be
conducted at least every 5 years. After evaluating whether cleanup
levels have been, or will  be, achieved in the desired time frame,
the following options should be considered:

   !  Discontinue operation

   !  Upgrade or replace  the remedial action to achieve the
     original remedial action objectives or modified remedial
     action objectives

   !  Modify  the remedial  action objectives  and  continue
     remediation, if appropriate

The  performance  evaluation program  may indicate that the
remedial action  objectives have been met and the remedy is
complete. In other cases, operational results (e.g., contaminant
mass removal has reached insignificant levels) will demonstrate
that it is technically impracticable to achieve cleanup levels in a
reasonable  time, and a waiver to meeting  ARARs  may be
required. Additional information, onsite conditions, or other factors
may indicate that clean up levels can be adjusted to less stringent
levels and still protect human health and the environment.

These options  provide  the decision-maker with flexibility to
respond to new  information and  changing conditions during the
remedial action. Figure 7-2 illustrates this  flexible decision
process.

7.3  Modifications to Records of Decision

Three types of changes can occur in  a remedy following ROD
signature: minorchanges, significant changes, and fundamental
changes. Minor changes, such  as the decision to move the
location of a well or minor cost or time  changes, are those
technical or engineering changes that do not significantly affect
the overall scope, performance, or cost of the alternative and fall
within the normal scope of changes occurring during the remedial
design/remedial action  engineering  process. Such changes
should simply be documented in the post-decision documentfile
and, optionally, can be mentioned in a remedial design fact sheet,
which is often issued as part of the community relations effort.
Significant  changes  to  the  remedy  in terms   of scope,
performance, or  cost are explained in an Explanation
                                                       7-1
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
  Contaminant
 Concentration
                      Actual Performance
                                                                     Predicted Performance
                                                                 C.  Will Not Attain Cleanup Level
                                                                    and Restoration Time Frame
       B,  Cleanup Level Will Be Attained,
          but Restoration Time Frame
          Will be Long
                                                                   A. Will Achieve Original Cleanup
                                                                      Level and Restoration Time Frame Goals
                 Cleanup Level
                                                                               Restoration Time Frame
                                                          Time
                   Remedial Action Objectives
              i -Time at which ground-water treatment system Is evaluated
                to  assess its effectiveness  at meeting the original
                response objectives.
Figure 7-1     Predicting Remedial Action Performance from Monitoring Data.
of Significant Differences provided for under CERCLA Section
117(c).  This  document describes the differences  and what
prompted them and is announced in a newspaper notice. This
is placed in the administrative record for the site, along with
the
information that prompted the change. Significant changes
involve a component of the remedy, such as a change in the
volume of contaminated ground water that must be addressed,
or a switch from air stripping to carbon adsorption in a ground-
water pump and
                                                        7-2
  Word-searchable Version - Not a true copy

-------
     Remedy
    Complete.
                                                     Implement Remedy/
                                                     Monitor Performance
  Have
Remedial
  Action
Objectives
  een Me
  Remedy/
Meeting Design
 Expectations
                                                 Conduct Performance Evaluation
                                                          Revise
                                                         Remedial
                                                          Action
                                                         Objective
                                                             Upgrade/Replace
                                                                Remedy
                                                   Establish Revised Remedial
                                                     .  Action Objectives
      Upgrade, Replace,
     or Maintain Remedy
                                                  Continue Operation/Monitoring
Figure 7-2    Flexible Decision Process for Ground-Water Remedial Actions.
treat remedy, but do not fundamentally alter the hazardous
waste  management  strategy represented by the selected
remedy.

Fundamental changes are changes in the overall waste
management strategy for the site; they require amendments
to the  original  ROD. A change from active restoration to
passive restoration  would  be  considered  a fundamental
change. Procedures for
                                   amending a ROD are the same as for issuing a ROD. They
                                   include the following:

                                      !  Preparation of a proposed amendment

                                      !  Issuance  of  a  newspaper notice  announcing the
                                        proposed amendment

                                      !  A public comment period

                                      !  Finalization of the amendment
                                                      7-3
 Word-searchable Version - Not a true copy

-------
   !   Preparation of a responsiveness summary

   !   Placement of the  amendment and responsiveness
      summary into the administrative record

   !   Publication  of  a  newspaper  notice   announcing
      finalization  of the amendment
7.4  Performance Monitoring

This section  provides guidelines for  using ground-water
monitoring data to evaluate performance. It does not provide
detailed information on technical aspects of ground-water
monitoring,  such  as well installation techniques or sampling
procedures. The TEGD (U.S. EPA, 1986e) is one resource for
this information.

The  monitoring  system should  be designed  to  provide
information that can be used to evaluate the effectiveness of
the remedial action with respect to the following:

   !  Horizontal  and  vertical  extent  of  the plume  and
      contaminant concentration gradients, including a mass
      balance calculation, if possible

   !  Rate and direction of contaminant migration

   !  Changes in contaminant concentrations or distribution
      over time

   !  Effects of  any  modifications to the  original remedial
      action

   !  Other environmental effects of remedial action, such as
      saltwater intrusion,  land  subsidence,  and  effects on
      wetlands or other sensitive habitats

7.4.1   Well Locations
Because ground-water contamination  problems  are  site
specific, the number and locations of monitoring wells must
suit site  conditions and the remedial action selected. In
general,  wells should be  located  upgradient  (to  detect
contamination from other sources), within the plume (to tract
the response of plume movement to the remedial action), and
downgradient (either  to verify anticipated responses or to
detect unanticipated   plume  movement).  Also,  monitoring
should reflect both  horizontal and vertical ground-water flow.
If a containment system is used, wells or other detection
devices should also be located where contaminant releases
are most likely to occur.

7.4.2   Sampling Duration and Frequency
A  determination  that  the remedial action  is complete may
require a statistical analysis of contaminant levels. The Office
of Policy, Planning, and Evaluation
is preparing guidance for using statistics to assess ground-
water monitoring data. Also, OSW has prepared guidance for
using statistics to evaluate ground-water monitoring data at
RCRA sites (U.S. EPA,  1987m). This guidance may provide
useful information for Superfund sites as well.

The intervals between sampling events should be shortest at
the beginning of the remedial action. In many cases, monthly
sampling intervals may  be reasonable during the first year.
Data collected  during the first year  may be used to assess
gaps in the data, further characterize the aquifer, identify
locations for additional  monitoring, and evaluate sources of
uncertainty, such as sampling, analysis, and site conditions.

The recommended long-term frequency for sampling depends
in  part  on the  effectiveness  of the  remedial  action  as
determined through  the  ongoing  monitoring  program.  If
monitoring  shows  a  steady,   predictable  decrease  in
contaminant concentrations  in  the aquifer,  reducing  the
sampling frequency may be reasonable. The determination of
long-term sampling frequency may also depend on the rate of
plume migration, the proximity of downgradient receptors, and
the  variability of the ground-water data and the degree of
confidence needed for achieving the cleanup level at a specific
location. Quarterly sampling may be  reasonable for long-term
monitoring at some sites.

Monitoring  data  provide  the  basis for determining  when
remedial action  objectives  have been  met and when the
remedial action is complete. Special analytical services may
be needed in some cases to confirm cleanup levels that are
lower than the standard  detection  limit. Operation  should
continue for a  limited time after  cleanup levels have been
achieved. In many instances, contaminant levels in the aquifer
increase when  pumping is terminated because contaminants
are  allowed to  re-equilibrate  in the  ground  water.  This
phenomenon would  be  observed if the rate at which ground
water was removed through pumping is greater than the rate
of desorption of contaminants.  Monitoring  programs should
therefore ensure that ground water is sampled until any
residual contaminants could have desorbed from the aquifer
material.

7.4.3   Source Control Monitoring
Another goal of performance monitoring is to ensure that any
source control action completed at the site effectively prevents
further degradation of ground water. To  achieve this goal, it
may be necessary to monitor the unsaturated zone using
techniques  such   as   soil-gas   monitoring   to  detect
contaminants before they reach the ground water.
                                                      7-4
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                References
Barnhouse, L. W., et al., "Users Manual for Ecological Risk
    Assessment," Environmental Services Division,
    Publication No. 2679, Oak Ridge National Laboratories,
    Oak Ridge, Tennessee, 1986.

Bell & Howard Company, Groundwater and Wells, 1980.

52 Federal Register 12876, April 7,1987; 50 Federal
    Register 49636-497022, November 13,  1985; 52 Federal
    Register 25690-25717, July 8, 1987.

Fetter, C. W., Jr., AppliedHydrogeology, Merrill Publ.
Co., 2nd Edition, 1988.

National Water Works Association and U.S. EPA, Methods
    for Determining the Locations of Abandoned Wells,
    1987.

Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory,
    "Applications and Limitations of Leaching Tests: Soil
    Residuals Effect on Water Quality," April 6, 1988a.

Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory,
    "Applications and Limitations of Leaching Tests:
    Facilitated Transport," April 13, 1988b.

Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory,
    "Applications and Limitations of Leaching Tests: Flow
    and Transport in Treated Media-Models for Decision
    Makers," April 12, 1988c.

Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory,
    "Applications and Limitations of Leaching Tests:
    Groundwater Sampling for Metal Analyses," April 8,
    1988d.

U.S. Department of Energy, "Ground Water Workstation
    Implementation  and Configuration Management Plans,"
    Oak Ridge  National Laboratory, October 15, 1986.

U.S. Department of Energy, "Ground Water Workstation
    User's Manual," Oak Ridge National Laboratory, April
    26, 1988.
U.S. EPA, "Additional Interim Guidance for FY '87 Records
   of Decision," OSWER Directive 9355.0-21, July 24,
   1987a.

U.S. EPA, Alternate Concentration Limit Guidance,
   OSWER Directive 9481.00-6C, EPA/530-SW-87-017,
   July 1987b.

U.S. EPA, The CERCLA Compliance with Other Laws
   Manual, draft, August 1988a.

U.S. EPA, Compendium of Superfund Field Operations
   Methods, EPA/540/P-87/001a and b, 1987c.

U.S. EPA, Data Quality Objectives for Remedial
   Response Activities, EPA 540/G-87/003a, 1987d.

U.S. EPA, "Draft Guidance on Preparing Superfund
   Decision Documents: The Proposed Plan and Record of
   Decision," OERR, March 1988b.

U.S. EPA, "Geophysics Advisory-Expert System,"
   Environmental Monitoring and System Laboratory,
   EPA/660/X-88/257,  1988g.

U.S. EPA, Ground-Water Protection Strategy, Office of
   Ground-Water Protection, August 1984.

U.S. EPA, Guidance for Applicants for State Wellhead
   Protection Program Assistance Funds Under the Safe
   Drinking Water Act, Office of Ground-Water Protection,
   June 1987e.

U.S. EPA, Guidance for Conducting Remedial
   Investigations and Feasibility Studies  Under CERCLA,
   Interim Final, 1988.

U.S. EPA, Guidance Document for Providing Alternate
   Water Supplies, OSWER Directive 9355.3-01, October,
   1987f.

U.S. EPA, Guidelines for Delineating Wellhead Protection
   Areas, Office of Ground-Water Protection,
   EPA/440/6-87-010,  June, 1987g.
                                                    8-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
U.S. EPA, "Guidance for Health Risk Assessment of
   Chemical Mixtures," 51 Federal Register 34014,
   September 24, 1986a.

U.S. EPA, "Guidance on Preparing Superfund
   Decision Documents," March, 1988f.

U.S. EPA, Guidelines for Ground-Water Classification
   Under the EPA Ground-Water Protection Strategy,
   Office of Ground-Water Protection, draft, December
   1986b.

U.S. EPA, Handbook for Remedial Action at Waste
   Disposal Sites, October 1985a.

U.S. EPA, Health Advisories for Legionella and Seven
   Inorganics, March 1987, NTIS No. PB87-235586;
   Health Advisories for 25 Organics, March 1987, NTIS
   No. PB87-235578; Health Advisories for 16 Pesticides,
   March 1987h; PB87-200176.

U.S. EPA, Integrated Risk Information System, Volumes I
   and II, EPA/600/8-86/032 a and b, 19871.

U.S. EPA, "Interim Final Guidance on Removal Action
   Levels at Contaminated Drinking Water Sites," OSWER
   Directive 9360.1-01, October 6, 1987J.

U.S. EPA, "Interim Guidance on Compliance with
   Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements,"
   OSWER Directive 9234.0-05, July 9, 1987k.

U.S. EPA, "Interim Guidance on Funding for Ground and
   Surface Water Restoration," OSWER Directive
   9355.023, October 26, 19871.

U.S. EPA, "Interim Guidance on Superfund Selection of
   Remedy," OSWER  Directive 9355.0-19, December 24,
   1986c.

U.S. EPA, Modeling Remedial Actions at Waste Disposal
   Sites, EPA/540/2-85-001, April, 1985b.
U.S. EPA, National Contingency Plan, 40 CFR Part
    300, 1985.

U.S. EPA National Contingency Plan, 40 CFR Part
    300-Proposed December 21, 1988 Federal Register,
    1988d.

U.S. EPA, Quality Criteria for Water, 1986, EPA
    440/5-86-001, 1986d.

U.S. EPA, "Removal Program Priorities," OSWER
    Directive No. 9360.0-18, March 31, 1988e.

U.S. EPA, RCRA Ground-Water Monitoring
    Technical Enforcement Guidance Document (TEGD),
    OSWER Directive 9950.1, 1986c.

U.S. EPA, "Statistical Analysis of Ground Water at
    RCRA Sites," Draft Final, October 20, 1987m.

U.S. EPA, Superfund Exposure Assessment Manual,
    EPA/540/1-88/001, April 1988.

U.S. EPA, Superfund Public Health Evaluation
    Manual, EPA/540/1-86/060, October 1986f.

U.S. EPA, Superfund Removal Procedures, OSWER
    Directive No. 9360.0-03B, February 1988f.

U.S. EPA, Water Quality Standards Handbook, December
    1983.

van der Leeden, F., ed., Geraghty and Miller's Groundwater
    Bibliography, Water Information Center, 1987.

Verschueren, K. Handbook of Environmental Data on
    Organic Chemicals, Second Edition, Van Nostrand
    Reinhold Company, New York, 1983.
                                                   8-2
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                 Appendix A
                                     Case Study with Site Variations
A-1   Site Location and Background

The Hypo-Thetical site, located on 50 acres near a suburban
area in the Midwest, is an industrial landfill that received heavy
commercial use. On the basis  of interviews and  the  site
history, it is believed that the hazardous wastes disposed at
the site were  organic solvents from a solvent recycling firm
that has since ceased operation. Apparently, the firm also
used  a small area of the site to clean auto interiors with
organic solvents.

Currently,  nearby residents use wells for drinking water; 50
active wells have been identified in the area. The ground water
is  not an irreplacable  source  of drinking  water because
domestic  water use could  economically  be tied  into a
municipal water supply system that relies on surface water
reservoirs from a nearby mountain range. For this reason, the
ground water used for drinking water is classified Class IIA for
the purpose of the Superfund remedial activities.

A.2   Ground-Water Considerations
      During Scoping
During scoping, several questions were raised to assist in
planning the RI/FS. These are identified and  discussed in the
following paragraphs.

What Is the Existing Information?
The  following  important information, related to exposure
pathways, the hydrogeology of the site, and contaminants
disposed at the site, was known during the scoping phase:

   !  Nearby residents are potentially exposed through  the
     drinking  water ingestion pathway. Heavy  population
     growth is anticipated in the area; developers (HazVelop,
     Inc.)  have already approached the county regarding
     residential development of the site in 5-acre  parcels, in
     which homeowners would use private wells  and  septic
     fields.
   !  Potential exposure pathways to  workers at commercial
     facilities near the site have not been identified.
   !  On the basis of existing drinking water well logs, shallow
     and deep ground water have been identified. The deep
     ground water, lying approximately 130 feet below the
     surface, is used for drinking water and is classified Class
     IIA. From a purview of the available well logs and a study
     of county and State hydrogeologic publications, the deep
     ground water appears to  flow to the southeast. The
     shallow ground water, which has not yet been classified,
     was assumed to flow to the southeast as well, since the
     topography of the site slopes in this direction.
     The shallow zone, which appears to  be  perched on a
     clay layer, was noted at about 20 feet  below the surface
     in some wells logs. In addition, well construction details
     indicate that gravel packs in some of the domestic wells
     extend  from the  shallow to the deep  zones,  thus
     providing a conduit for vertical movement of contaminants
     from the shallow zone.

     The site is located on glacial outwash.
     During the site inspection,  an inlet to  an  under-ground
     storage tank was found. The tank was probably used to
     store solvents.
     Soil analyses  conducted  during  the site  inspection
     indicate that contaminants are probably limited to VOCs.
     At the conclusion of the site inspection, it was not clear
     if there were hot spots at the site that could be defined.
Is a Removal Action Warranted at the Site?
Domestic  well samples taken during the site  inspection
indicated no contaminants above removal action levels; and a
removal action did not appear justified based on the available
site information. A fence was  constructed to restrict public
access to the facility.

What Are the Potential Exposure Scenarios?
To  evaluate  potential   exposure   scenarios,  several
ground-water monitoring wells were installed and screened in
the shallow saturated zone. They were located in an area that
is expected to be downgradient of the source. Contaminants
were detected at the maximum concentrations shown in Table
A-1. Aside from those expected to have originated from the
site, no contaminants were
                                                     A-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
 Table A-1.    Concentrations of Chemicals In Ground Water
             Hypo-Thetical Site
          Chemical
   Range of
Concentrations
Reported3 (• g/l)
 Volatile Organic Compounds
   Benzene
   Bromadichloromethane
   Carbon disulfide
   Chloroethane
   1,1-Dichloroethene
   Trans-1,2-dichloroethene
   Methylene chloride
   Phenol
   Tetrachloroethene
   1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
   Trichloroethene
   Vinyl chloride

 Phthalates
   Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
   Di-n-butyl phthalate
   20-120
    5-56
    10-67
   15-1,000
   50 - 1,900
   37 - 1,000
    10-80
   20 - 1,500
    45 - 650
   12-1,500
    6-1,200
    45 - 500
    10-90
    8-45
Inorganics
Aluminum
Barium
Calcium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Magnesium
Manganese
Nickel
Potassium
Sodium
Zinc

440
99
10,300
20
999
5
4,000
70
2
1,500
6,550
32

-600
-200
- 20,750
-80
- 1 ,500
-7
- 7,000
-80
-5
- 2,000
-10,000
-50
  Excludes samples in which the contaminant was not
   detected.

detected above  health-based levels in  the shallow  ground
water; therefore,  it has been classified Class MB, a potential
source of drinking water. High contaminant levels near the
underground tank indicate that the tank  leaked or that some
solvent was spilled when the tank was being filled.

The potential exposure scenarios that were identified during
scoping include the following:

  !   Direct contact with contaminated  soil by trespassers,
     including  children who play at the site and teenagers
     who use the site for dirt biking
  !   Inhalation of VOCs from the vadose zone by  nearby
     residents  and  workers (subsequent air sampling
     performed onsite indicated that contaminants  are not
     present at detectable  levels)
  !   Ingestion  of contaminated ground water  if the deep
     ground water is  or becomes contaminated  or if the
     shallow aquifer is used

What Are the Probable Ground-Water Response
Objectives?
For both deep and shallow ground water, the ground-water
response objectives are as follows:
     Prevent exposure to any contaminated drinking water
     Prevent contamination of the deep ground water, if it is
     indeed uncontaminated
     Restore contaminated ground  water for future drinking
     water use
What Data Should Be Collected?
Data collected during the Rl will be used to assess exposure
from ground water and to characterize contaminant behavior
in ground water as it affects remedy selection. Many of the
ground-water   remedies  appropriate  for  this  site  require
ground-water extraction. The data that should be collected to
assess   exposure  include  domestic well  samples  and
monitoring  well samples in both the deep and the shallow
ground water. The data-collection effort that will be undertaken
to  characterize contaminant behavior  as it affects remedy
selection and its estimated costs include:

  ! Monitoring wells and piezometers  in the  deep and
    shallow  ground  water  to  determine the  extent  of
    contamination and interconnection between the aquifers
    at a cost of approximately $1,500 per well for the shallow
    wells and $6,000 per well for the deep wells
  ! TOC and contaminant concentrations in saturated soil
    cores  to evaluate partitioning to the soil phase at a cost
    of  $3,000 per sample for the analyses of volatiles,
    semi-volatiles, total metals, cyanide, and  major cations
    and anions
  ! Aquifer test data to determine aquifer response and
    extraction effectiveness at a  cost  of approximately
    $15,000
  ! Contaminant degradation information

A.3 Removal Action

During the  Rl, after several private wells  had been sampled
and soil and ground-water data had been analyzed, it was
determined that a removal  action for ground water based on
action levels or site-specific considerations was not warranted
and that interim actions and a final action were appropriate.

A.4 Interim Action

As an interim action, the tank was drained and excavated and
the surrounding soil was excavated and stored in a tank on
the site. A vapor extraction
                                                      A-2
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
system was installed in the excavated area, and the pit was
backfilled.  Low rate pumping of ground  water was  also
initiated in this area. The low rate was used to ensure that
pumping in this  area  would  not  increase  contaminant
migration from other source areas. After ensuring that the
substantive requirements of the local  POTW would be  met,
ground water was treated using an air stripper with a granular
activated carbon system for air releases and discharged to a
storm drain. As part of the Rl, a well survey of the area was
completed and an abandoned deep well screened in both the
shallow and deep ground water was identified downgradient of
the contaminant plume.  A second interim action  to seal the
abandoned well was implemented.

To  take these  interim measures,  a  ROD, containing  the
information summarized in Table A-2, was prepared, and the
five statutory requirements, listed below, were addressed:

  !  The action protected human health and the environment
     by reducing expansion of the plume, hence  decreasing
     the likelihood of exposure. Contaminated soil was stored
     in a tank on the site; access was limited to workers.

  !  ARARs were not attained in the ground water, but final
     action to reach ARARs will be facilitated by the actions.
     Contaminated ground  water was treated to specified
     pretreatment levels  before being discharged to the storm
     drain.  In addition, air monitoring of the aeration system
     indicated  that releases  did  not exceed  the  levels
     specified by State regulations.

  !  The ground-water extraction system was relatively low in
     cost since the pumping rate was  low. Both actions were
     cost-effective according to  cost comparisons between (1)
     immediate  prevention  of plume expansion  and  (2)
     long-term remediation of a much larger plume that would
     be initiated 2 to 3 years after completion of the RI/FS
     and remedy design and construction.

  !  The extracted  ground water was treated to required
     levels and  thus  met  the statutory preference  for
     treatment. The  well  seal also  met  the statutory
     requirement for permanent  solutions to the maximum
     extent practicable.

  !  The interim action permanently and significantly reduced
     the volume of hazardous waste by removing and treating
     contaminants in soil and ground water.

While  this interim  action  was being  implemented,   site
characterization work continued, and  the boundaries  of
contaminated soil and ground water  were delineated.  The
interim action also aided the site
investigation by providing aquifer parameters based on data
from the pumping well. In addition to providing the hydraulic
conductivity of the shallow aquifer, a nearby observation well
screened in the deeper  saturated zone indicated  minimal
interconnection  between the upper and lower zones in this
area.

A.5  Summary of the Rl Report

Constituents found in the soil and the ground water include
1,1-dichloroethene (1,1-DCE),  1,1,1-trichloroethane (TCA),
trichloroethene  (TCE), tetrachloroethene  (PCE),  benzene,
methylene chloride, vinyl  chloride, and  other volatile organic
compounds  (VOCs), as  well as  phenol, bis(2-ethylhexyl)
phthalate (DEHP), and di-n-butylphthalate.

In the soil, identified hot spots represent approximately 4,000
cubic yards of contaminated  soil (see Figure A-1).  The
concentration of VOCs in these hot spots is approximately
10,000  to  100,000  ppb.  The volume of soil  that  is
contaminated in addition to the 4,000 cubic yards is about 20
acre-feet (approximately  2 acres of soil contaminated to an
average depth of 10 feet).

A continuous clay layer lies beneath the site, separating the
shallow aquifer from the deep  aquifer  over several acres.
Boring logs indicate that its thickness ranges from 15 to 20
feet, beginning at a depth of 40 to 45 feet below the surface.
A silty sand layer with hydraulic conductivity of approximately
10"3 cm/sec occurs above and below the clay layer.  The
unconfined shallow aquifer is perched above the clay layer.
Although the hydraulic conductivity of the clay is low (10
cm/sec), the   presence  of  solvents  can  increase   the
conductivity. Consequently, monitoring of the lower aquifer
continued throughout the investigation and implementation of
the  remedy. The  clay  layer drops  to   the  southeast;
consequently, the unconfined shallow ground water moves to
the southeast, flowing at an estimated rate of 150 feet/year,
as determined from the low-rate pumping test of the shallow
ground water. At this rate, the plume will reach the edge of the
clay layer and potentially  contaminate the deep ground water
in approximately 13 years, assuming there is  no contaminant
retardation because of sorption. The unconfined deep ground
water moves to the southeast within the silty sand formation.

The deep ground water is  not currently contaminated, but the
shallow ground water is. There is a localized TCE plume with
concentration levels in the 10,000 ppb  range. This plume is
believed to be related to the interior auto-cleaning activities at
the site. A larger second  plume  covers 20 acres of the  site.
This plume contains  a greater variety  of the contaminants
listed in Table A-1 and is believed to result from poor
,-7
                                                      A-3
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Table A-2.    Evaluation of the Operable Unit Taken as an Interim Action
             Criterion
                                    Tank Removal, Vapor Extraction System, and
                                             Ground-Water Extraction
                                                                                           Sealing Abandoned Well
  Protects Human Health and the
  Environment

  Meets ARARs
  Is Effective Over the Short-term
Yes, reduces spread of contaminants to  potential
exposure points.

Meets ARARs for ground-water discharge; does not
meet ARARs in the aquifer (i.e..health-based
cleanup levels).
Removal of tanks would prevent further source
migration, soil-gas and ground-water
extraction would reduce contaminant levels at the
site and limit further contaminant migration.
Action would also increase the short-term
effectiveness of the final remedy.
Yes, reduces spread of contaminants to potential
exposure points.

Yes, meets State well-sealing standards.
                                                                               Sealing the well would eliminate the potential for
                                                                               contaminant migration through this conduit in the
                                                                               short term.
  Is Effective Over the Long-Term
  Reduces Toxicity, Mobility, or
  Volume
  Is implementable
  Is Cost-Effective
 Meets State's Acceptance

 Meets Community's Acceptance
Promotes long-term effectiveness by reducing
contamination at the site.

Reduces volume by removing and treating high
concentration zone
Action can be implemented with minimal
disruption of the ongoing investigation.
Installation and monitoring of extraction systems
will probably aid in the implementation of the final
remedy.

Action is expected to significantly reduce cost of
final remedy at the site by reducing the volume of
contaminated material to be remediated and by
providing valuable design and operation
information.

Yes, state approved.

Yes, community strongly supports any action to
remediate the site as early as possible, preventing
contaminant migration.
Sealing the well would eliminate the potential for
contaminant migration through this conduit in the
long term.
Not applicable to the scope of the action

Requires coordination between the water district, the
municipal water suppliers, and the well owner. Details
for the well sealing were discussed and agreed to at a
meeting between the involved parties.


Action is considered to be of low cost compared to the
cost of remediation if the contaminants migrate to the
deeper zone.
Yes, state approved.

Yes, community strongly supports any action to
remediate the site as early as possible, preventing
contaminant migration.
 Comments:    In addition to meeting the necessary statutory mandates, there was sufficient information to determine that these actions would not
              exacerbate the site problem and that the action would be consistent with the final remedy for the site, the goal of which is to reduce
              contaminant concentrations in the plume to heath-based levels.
management practices at the solvent  recycling facility. The
degradation characteristics of the contaminants vary; some of
the organics degrade under natural conditions. Benzene, vinyl
chloride,  and phenol are relatively degradable, whereas the
chlorinated methanes and ethanes are not.

The silty sand layers above and below the clay layer contain
considerable organic material (8 percent), which increases the
sorption potential  of organic  contaminants. Subsequently, a
large fraction of contaminants with high organic carbon partition
coefficient (Koc) values, such as  DEHP, will sorb onto the
sediments. Assuming that the partitioning of the contaminants
is currently at equilibrium, desorption of contaminants from the
soil will occur with extraction of contaminated ground water.
Contaminants with lower Koc values will desorb at a faster rate
than those with  higher values. Initially, the rate of partitioning is
governed by mass  action.  Therefore,  an  increased rate of
extraction will enhance desorption until desorption becomes
                               rate limiting.  The  concentration  of contaminants at which
                               desorption  becomes rate  limiting was  estimated  and is
                               discussed  in  Section  A.7,  in  conjunction  with indicator
                               chemicals.

                               A.6    Establishing Preliminary Cleanup
                                        Levels

                               Contaminant-Specific ARARs and TBCs
                               Two kinds of contaminant-specific ARARs exist for several of
                               the contaminants detected at the site: Primary  MCLs and
                               State Unacceptable  Pollutant Levels (UPLs).  MCLs exist for
                               eight of the contaminants detected at the Hypo-Thetical site,
                               and UPLs exist for five.

                               Table A-3 presents  contaminant-specific ARARs and  TBC
                               requirements  applicable to the site. Cleanup
                                                            A-4
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
 Solvent
Recycling
 Facility
                         Underground Storage Tank
                                  Interior
                                Auto Cleaning
                                  Facility
                                         Abandoned Well
                              Ground-Water
                              Flow Direction
Legend
—10—Concentration, in ppb
  •H Soil Hotspot
 Figure A-1.  Distribution of Contaminants Hypo-Thetical
            Site.

 levels should be set for the following contaminants that exceed
 these standards or criteria:
        Benzene
        DEHP
        1,1-DCE
        1,2-DCE
        Iron
        Manganese
        Methylene chloride
        Phenol
        PCE
        1,1,1-TCA
        TCE
        Vinyl chloride
 Preliminary cleanup levels for benzene,  1,1-DCE,  1,1,1-TCA,
 TCE, and vinyl chloride are set at the MCL level for protection
 of health.

 For iron and manganese, preliminary cleanup levels were set
 at the secondary MCL  level for protection of welfare (these
 contaminants  make  drinking water  taste  bad).  Since at
 naturally occurring background
levels these metals were detected above the MCLs, it is not
necessary that the remedial action selected address these
contaminants. However, the treated effluent must meet the
POTWs  pretreatment  program  requirements  for  these
contaminants.

The UPL level for DEHP was written 4 years ago. It is not
clear on what basis this standard was promulgated.  It has
never been enforced because of the widespread presence of
DEHP  at industrial  areas  throughout the  state.  For these
reasons, the remedial project manager for the  Hypo-Thetical
site employed an ARAR waiver for the DEHP UPL and will
propose a cleanup level corresponding to the 10"6  risk level.

For methylene chloride and PCE, the  State UPLs  will be the
basis for the  cleanup levels.  For phenol,  the preliminary
cleanup level will correspond to the RfD. For 1,2-DCE, the
preliminary cleanup level will be based on the  lifetime health
advisory. When an MCL is promulgated, the cleanup level will
be reassessed and may be changed to reflect the  MCL.

Assessing Aggregate Effects
Table A-4  presents  estimates  of  the carcinogenic and
noncarcinogenic  effects  if  the  contaminants present at the
Hypo-Thetical site are remediated to the preliminary cleanup
levels.  Aggregate carcinogenic risk  is 2  x   10"4,  and an
evaluation of the appropriate risk level  will be made.  For
noncarcinogenic  effects, the hazard  index  is 1.2,  and the
preliminary cleanup levels  for the noncarcinogens  will be
further reduced.

To  attain  a risk level of  10"6,  the  starting  point for the
aggregate risk level for carcinogens, the preliminary cleanup
levels for key contaminants (those contributing most to the
aggregate risk level, i.e., 1,1-DCE and vinyl chloride) would
have to be reduced by a factor of 1,000 (i.e., 1,1-DCE to 0.007
ppb and vinyl  chloride to 0.02 ppb).  In evaluating  whether
these levels should be used at the site the following factors
that indicate increased  flexibility to  use  a  less stringent
aggregate risk level were considered:

    !   The  potential  for  human  exposure from  other
       pathways is  minimal;  contaminated soil will be
       remediated, and air emissions above health-based
       levels  are not anticipated

    !   There  are no  exposures above health-based levels
       actually occurring at this time

    !   There  are  no  sensitive populations or special
       environmental receptors in the area around the site
    i
        Cross-media effects are not anticipated
                                                       A-5
  Word-searchable Version - Not a true copy

-------
                                                                                      Table A-3
                                                                    CONTAMINANT-SPECIFIC ARARs  AND  TEC REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                  HYPO-THETICAL SITE
                                                                                  All Values in ug/1
            Chemical
Barium
Benzene
Bis(2-ethylhexyl) -
   phthalate  (DEHP)
Bromodichloromethane
Carbon disulfide
Copper
1,1-Dichloroethane  (1,1-DCE)
t-l,2-Dichloroethane  (1,2-DCE)
Di-n-butyl  phthalate
Iron
Lead
Manganese
Methylene chloride
Nickel
Phenol
Tetrachloroethene   (PCE)
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (TCA)
Trichloroethene  (TCE)
Vinyl chloride
Zinc
                                                  Primary    Secondary           Proposed
                                                  (Health)     (Welfare)    MCLG     MCLG
200
  5
                                                              1
                                                             50
                                                                                                       Toxicity
                                                                                                      Protection
                                                                                       A-6
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                               Table A-4
                                                             AGGREGATE  RISK
                                                           HYPO-THETICAL SITE
  Chemical
  Benzene
  Bis-2-ethylhexylphalate
  1,1-Dichloroethene
  Methylene  chloride
  Phenol
  Tetrachloroethene
  1,1,1-Trichloroethane
  Trichloroethene
  Vinyl chloride
Preliminary Cleanup
       Level
       (ug/1)
  Carcinogen
Classification
       A
      B2
       C
      B2

      B2

      B2
       A
                                                                         Excess
                                                                        Li fetime
                                                                         Cancer
                                                                        Risk  at
                                                                      Preliminary
                                                                        Cleanup
                                                                         Level
 DI/RfD at
Preliminary
  Cleanup
   Level
  Exposure Assumptions:
  Body weight  =  70  kg
  Drinking water  ingestion  rate  =  2  I/
  Exposure period =  70  years
  Neg. = Negligible
                                                                  A-7
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
    !  The  hydrogeology of the site is well defined  and
       ground-water flow paths can be estimated with
       adequate precision
    !   Proven technologies will be used to remediate the
       site
    !   The detection/quantification limits for 1,1-DCE and
       vinyl chloride, even using available special
       analytical techniques, do not permit measurement
       of concentrations at levels corresponding to the 10"
       6 risk level.

These factors suggest the selection of less stringent cleanup
levels.  However, because benzene and vinyl chloride  are
known human carcinogens, and because institutional controls
are not expected to be reliable, the appropriate aggregate risk
level is the  10"5  level. To attain a hazard index of 1.0 for
noncarcinogenic  effects, the preliminary cleanup level  for
phenol will be  reduced to obtain a ratio of daily intake (Dl) to
RfD of 0.8. The concentration of phenol corresponding to this
level is 1,120 ppb.

In summary, the cleanup levels at the site are as follows:

    !   Benzene-5 ppb
    !   DEPH-51 ppb
    !   1,1-DCE-0.7 ppb
    !   Methylene  chloride-5  ppb
    !   Phenol-1,120  ppb
    !   PCE-25 ppb
    !   1,1,1-TCA-200  ppb
    !   TCE-5 ppb
    !   Vinyl chloride-0.2  ppb

Special  analytical  services would be  required to confirm
cleanup levels had been  attained  for 1,1-DCE and vinyl
chloride since  these concentrations are below the practical
quantification limits achieved by standard procedures used in
the contract laboratory program.

These  ground-water cleanup  levels  were   also  used  to
determine the  solid cleanup levels based  on migration to
ground water. A leaching test was performed on the soil to
determine what  residual contaminant  levels could  remain
onsite without contaminating ground water above health-based
levels.

A.7   Developing and Screening Remedial
       Alternatives
Source Control Action
Soil contaminated at levels greater than 10,000 ppb (4,000
yd3) was excavated  and incinerated  offsite.  A vacuum
extraction system was installed to remove the remaining
volatile organic compounds present at
greater depths to levels that would not pose a threat to the
ground water.

Selecting Indicator Chemicals
Indicator chemicals were selected to be used in the FS on the
basis of mobility and toxicity information (see Table A-5). Koc
values are known for 11 organic compounds. Contaminants
with low KQC values are more mobile than contaminants with
high  KQC values.

These  ground-water cleanup  levels were  also used to
determine the soil cleanup levels based on  migration to
ground water. A leaching test was performed on the soil to
determine what residual contaminant  levels could remain on
site without contaminating ground water above health-based
levels.

Because a  localized TCE plume is emanating from the auto
interior cleaning  area,  TCE  was  selected as  one  of the
indicator chemicals. To predict movement of the contaminant
plume originating from the solvent recycling facility, indicator
chemicals were selected, as explained below:

  !   Benzene was detected at its highest concentration at
     the  border  of the plume.  Because  of  its unusual
     occurrence (i.e., at the edge of the plume) benzene was
     selected as an indicator chemical.

  !   1,1-DCE was the most widely distributed chemical and
     is relatively mobile.
  i
     PCE is  relatively  immobile and is widespread. It is
     expected to be the most resistant to extraction.
  !   Vinyl chloride was widely distributed and is highly toxic.

On the basis of column studies conducted during the Rl, it
was  determined that desorption is rate-limiting (and hence,
continuous ground-water  pumping  is not efficient)  for the
contaminants in this particular soil when the concentrations
found in ground water are as follows:
     TCE-20 ppb
     Benzene-10 ppb
     1,1-DCE-10ppb
     PCE-50ppb
     Vinyl chloride-10 ppb
Developing Remedial Alternatives

Area of Attainment.  Since all source areas will actively be
remediated and no waste will be managed onsite as part of
the final remedy, the area of attainment will be the entire site,
including the source area.
                                                     A-8
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------

Table A- 5

CONTAMINANTS DETECTED IN GROUND WATER
CONCENTRATION, TOXICITY, AND MOBILITY
HYPO-THETICAL SITE

Chemical
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
Benzene
Bromodichlorome thane
Carbon disulfide
Chloroethane
1, 1-Dichloroethene
Trans-1, 2-Dichloroethene
Methylene chloride
Phenol
Tetrachloroethene
1, 1, 1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethene
Vinyl chloride
Phthalates
Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
Di-n-butyl phthalate
INORGANICS
Aluminum
Barium
Calcium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Magnesium
Manganese
Nickel
Potassium
Sodium
Zinc
aSamples in which the contaminant
bThe orcranic carbon = ma
Range of
Concentrations
Reported in Cleanup
Ground Watera Level
(•/I) ('/I)

20 - 120 5
5-56
10-67
15 - 1,000
50 - 1, 900 0.7*
37 - 1,000 350
10-80 5
20 - 1,500 1,120*
45 - 650 25
12 - 1,500 200
6 - 1,200 5
45 - 500 0.2*

10 - 90 10
8-45
~
440 - 600
99 - 200
10,300 - 20,750
20-80
999 - 1,500
5-7
4, 000 - 7, 000
70-80
2-5
1,500 - 2, 000
6,550 - 10,000
32-50
was not reported are excluded.
contaminant/ka of oraanic carbon

Mobility
K b
Koc
(mloc/g)

83
-
54
65
59
8.8
6.2
364
152
126
57

170000
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-


 partition coefficient          mg  contaminant/liter of solution
^Cleanup level was reduced because  of  aggregate  effects.
                                           A-9
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
Restoration Time Frame. To estimate the shortest possible
restoration time frame, a ground-water model was run several
times using various estimates of two parameters, porosity and
hydraulic conductivity, to predict the ground-water flow rate.
Estimated levels were based on data gathered when ground
water contaminated by the underground tank was pumped as
an  interim  action.  It  showed  that   the estimates  of
ground-water flow were precise to approximately 50 percent.

The quickest feasible restoration time frame is  estimated to
be 10 years, plus or minus 5 years. This rate is possible if
seven  extraction wells pump at the  maximum  rate  of
ground-water flow for 2 years and are then pulse-pumped for
approximately  8 years. Enhanced in situ biodegradation of
ground-water contamination will be initiated at the same time
as  pulsed  pumping.  A second  alternative using  pulsed
pumping and enhanced  biodegradation with three extraction
wells is estimated to restore ground water in 12 years plus or
minus 5 years.

Screening. Enhanced biodegradation alone was removed from
consideration during screening because it presented minimal
benefits   over   natural   attenuation.   Containment  of
contaminated ground water was initially considered; however,
it was determined to be too costly and not feasible since the
site was expected to be developed.

Alternative  Development. Table A-6 summarizes  pertinent
information regarding the site.

The following three ground-water alternatives were developed
for detailed analysis:

    !   Alternative 1:  Natural attenuation with monitoring-lf
        the  source  is  removed,  natural attenuation  is
        predicted to eliminate the plume  from the site within
        40 years. However, the plume would simply migrate
        and disperse downgradient of the site.  The nearest
        surface  water  body  into which the  plume  could
        discharge is approximately 1 mile away. Monitoring
        would  continue throughout the 40-year period. While
        institutional  controls   would be effective  onsite,
        institutional controls downgradient of the site  would
        probably be unreliable.

    !   Alternative 2:  Pump and treat with  three extraction
        wells-For some of the contaminants, the kinetics of
        desorption from the soil matrix to the ground water
        would  be slower than  the maximum pumping rate of
        the  ground  water.  For  this reason,   intermittent
        pumping  at three extraction wells was proposed.
        Ground  water would  be  pumped  continuously for
        approximately 2 years, and then  a pulse/relax
        cycle would be initiated. Ground water would be
        treated  using carbon absorption to  meet required
        pretreatment levels and  discharged  into a nearby
        storm sewer. Enhanced biodegration would also be
        used to attain health-based cleanup  levels.  This
        alternative is predicted to achieve cleanup levels in 12
        years, plus or minus 5 years.

    !    Alternative 3: Pump and  treat with seven extraction
        wells—This   alternative  is  similar  to  previous
        alternative, except that treated ground water would be
        reinjected to enhance contaminant movement. Again,
        biodegradation  and pulsed  pumping would be  used
        after a  period of continuous  pumping to reduce
        residual contamination to health-based levels. This
        alternative is predicted to require 10 years, plus or
        minus 5 years, to reach cleanup levels.

A.8    Detailed Analysis

The three alternatives were analyzed using the nine evaluation
criteria.  The natural attenuation  alternative was rejected
because it is only marginally protective and does not reduce
mobility, toxicity, or  volume. The State was also opposed to
this  option  because of  the need  for long-term  access
restrictions of ground-water usage in the area.

Both pump and treat alternatives are protective and meet all
ARARs. However, the more aggressive seven-well pump and
treat alternative may be less flexible for incorporating design
changes as additional  information on pumping influence is
obtained. If the  wells are not placed in  optimal areas, more
wells  may  have to  be added.  By starting with a  smaller
number of wells  and supplementing the system as information
is  obtained, a  more cost-effective remedy may result.  In
addition, the seven-well pump and  treat alternative  is more
expensive. Although  the seven-well pump and treat alternative
is predicted to reach cleanup levels  faster than the three-well
alternative, the uncertainty  of the  effect  of reinjection makes
the remedy less reliable. It was determined that the three-well
alternative should be implemented on  the basis of its overall
balance of the evaluation criteria. At the end of 1 year, the
performance of this  alternative will  be evaluated, and  if its
performance is poor, the  alternative will be  upgrade with
additional wells and possibly a reinjection well. Table A-7
summarizes the pertinent considerations relating to  the five
criteria that were balanced.

Additional action-specific ARARs with  which the selected
remedy must comply are listed below:

    !    The County  POTW's  pretreatment  program  is
        applicable to discharge of the treated water to the
        sewer system
                                                      A-10
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                     Table A-6
                             HYPO-THETICAL SITE SUMMARY

           Type of Site—Industrial landfill, underground solvent
           storage tank

           Local Land Use—Residential

           Ground-Water Use—Upper aquifer—potential drinking water
           source; lower aquifer—current drinking water source; 50
           wells in the area; some screened through both aquifers;
           municipal supply available

           Soils--VOC contamination; hot spot of 4,000 yd3;  low-level
           contamination of 20 acre-feet

           Ground-Water Response Objectives

                 "  Prevent exposure to contaminated drinking water

                 "  Prevent contamination of deeper aquifer

                 "  Restore contaminated ground water for future use

           Soil Response Objectives—Prevent risk from soil ingestion,
           prevent contamination of ground water.

           Data Needed

                 "  Wells and piezometers in deep and shallow aquifers
                    to determine extent of contamination

                 "  Saturated zone soil contaminant concentrations and
                    TOC to determine partition coefficient

                 "  Aquifer pump test to determine hydraulic
                    conductivity and estimate capture zones

                 "  Contaminant degradation information

           Removal/Interim Action Taken—Remove tank and surrounding
           soils; vapor extraction, and ground-water pumping; seal
           abandoned well

           ARARS—Nine MCLs and Five State UPLs

           Ground-Water Remedial Alternatives

                 "  Natural attenuation

                 "  Two pump and treat scenarios
                                          A-11
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                Table A-7.
Summary of Detailed Analysis Hypo-Thetical Site-Balancing Criteria
                      Alternative
            Short-Term
           Effectiveness
        Long-Term
       Effectiveness
  Reduction of Mobility,
   Toxicity, or Volume
        (MTV)
      Implementability
 Present
Worth Cost
                   Natural attenuation
                Pulsed pumping,  3 well
                points,  air-stripping,
                enhanced biodegradation
                Pulsed pumping,  7 well
                points,  air-stripping,
                reinjection,   enhanced
                biodegradation
        Presents a higher risk
        to   the   community
        over the  short-term;
        does   not   cause
        exposure to workers;
        does   not   cause
        environmental
        impacts,  restoration
        time  frame   is  40
        years

        Reduces  risk to the
        community over the
        short-term; potentially
        small  exposure   to
        workers;   does not
        cause environmental
        impacts,  restoration
        time  frame   is  12
        years.

        Reduces  risk to the
        community over the
        short-term; potentially
        small  exposure   to
        workers;   does not
        cause environmental
        impacts;  restoration
        time  frame   is  10
        years
Potential for exposure from
residual   contamination
because institutional controls
such as deed restrictions are
not  effective.  Risk   for
carcinogens is at the high end
of the  protective risk range
(2x10'4) and the HI is
above 1.0.
Residual  risk  is  10'5  for
carcinogens, and the HI for
systemic toxicants is 1.0
Regional  risk  is  10~5  for
carcinogens, and the HI is 1.0
No   treatment;   no
destruction; no reduction
of   MTV;   residual
contamination is high
Contaminants are treated;
quantitative  residual
contamination
is below cleanup levels
Contaminants are treated,
residual contamination is
below cleanup levels
Deed   restrictions  are        $500,000
unreliable; ease of taking
additional  actions is high;
ability  to  monitor is high;
ability  to obtain  approvals
from other agencies is high;
no coordination problem
Biodegradation   may   not       $3,000,000
work, ease of undertaking
additional  actions is good;
ability to  monitor is high;
other approvals  can  be
obtained; coordination with
other agencies is moderate
Biodegradation   may   not       $5,000,00
work; ease of undertaking
additional  actions is  poor,
ability to monitor is uncertain
because of difficulties  in
predicting  the   effect   of
reinjection;  approval   of
underground  injection   is
questionable;  coordination
with  other   agencies   is
moderate.
                                                                                  A-12
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
    !    The State air toxics  regulations  are  applicable to
        air-stripping.

A.9    Variations in Site Conditions

Variation 1: Surface Water
If a stream had been on the site and contaminated ground
water currently or potentially discharged to the  stream,
potential exposure pathways related to surface water would
have been identified. These would have included the following:

    !    Direct contact with  contaminated surface water for
        people swimming and playing in the stream either at
        the site or downstream of it

    !    Ingestion, by humans, of aquatic organisms that have
        become contaminated through bioconcentration or
        ingestion  of contaminated surface water

    !    Ingestion   and  bioconcentration  of  contaminated
        surface water by aquatic organisms

    !    Ingestion,  by  terrestrial   organisms,  of  aquatic
        organisms that have become contaminated through
        bioconcentration or ingestion of contaminated surface
        water

Response objectives  related to surface water would also be
identified  and would   include  preventing   exposure  to
contaminated  surface  water  and  contaminated  aquatic
organisms, protecting environmental receptors, and restoring
contaminated surface water.

Additional data collection would include taking surface water
and sediment samples upstream and downstream of the site.
If contaminants were found in the surface water or sediments,
samples of edible fish portions would be taken to determine if
aquatic organisms were being affected.

Regardless of the  analytical results of these samples, an ACL
under  CERCLA  Section   121(d)(2)(B)(ii) would  not be
considered  at this  site  because  institutional  controls
preventing exposure to contaminated ground water would not
be  reliable  enough  to  ensure that wells would  not be
constructed in the upper aquifer or to the lower aquifer without
preventing cross-contamination.  If necessary, access to the
surface  water in  areas where contaminant levels exceed
standards would be restricted, and signs warning that  fish
may be  contaminated would be posted.

Cleanup levels would be determined on the basis of standards
and criteria for drinking water consumption, WQC for fish
ingestion and drinking water ingestion, and WQC for effects to
aquatic organisms. These are shown in Table A-8.

A comparison of the WQC in Table A-8 to the cleanup levels
presented in Section A-6 indicates
that a cleanup level for copper would be determined on the
basis of aquatic effects. Otherwise, cleanup levels would not
be changed.

Variation 2: Class I Ground Water
If the ground water had  been Class I, i.e.,  if no alternate
supply were available and the plume  had reached nearby
residents'  wells, a removal  action consisting  of wellhead
treatment would have been implemented. An interim action
consisting of wellhead treatment would be completed if levels
in the wells did not reach removal  action trigger levels but
were  contaminated above  health-based  levels. Wellhead
treatment would probably involve carbon absorption because
of the nature of the contaminants. This treatment would be
less intensive than  air stripping with respect to operation and
maintenance. Because the  time frame would  have more
significance, the seven-well alternative would be chosen.
Since this alternative involves recharge of treated ground water
it has the  added benefit of preserving the resource, in this
case,  an   important  consideration  under  the  short-term
effectiveness evaluation criteria.

If the plume had not yet reached the wells but was projected
to reach them within 2 to 3 years, an interceptor well or trench
would be constructed  near the leading  edge of the  plume,
early in the RI/FS process. This would prevent the plume from
reaching the wells while the RI/FS was  being completed and
the final remedy was being selected. The well or trench would
be pumped to maintain contaminant concentrations below
health-based levels and would  have only minimal effect on
plume movement. These  actions would be coordinated with
the operators of the  private and  municipal wells. Another
option that might be considered would be alternating pumping
patterns at the existing wells to limit the extent of any plume
expansion.

Variation 3: Class  III Ground Water
If the total dissolved solids  (TDS) concentration  at the site
exceeded  10,000 milligrams per liter, the ground water would
not have been usable as a drinking water source. If the ground
water was  not interconnected to the drinking water aquifer and
not interconnected  to the drinking water aquifer and did not
discharge to a stream, the ground water at this site would not
have served any other beneficial uses, such as irrigation, and
so it would have been  classified Class III. Natural attenuation
would have been the selected alternative. However, if the
ground  water  discharged to surface  water,  protection  of
aquatic  organisms  would have been a remedial response
objective.  In this case, cleanup levels would  have been
established to prevent effects to aquatic organisms.

If the ground water was found to be  interconnected to a
drinking water aquifer, cleanup levels would be determined on
the basis  of health-based  levels  attained at the point of
interconnection.  Although   natural  attenuation may  be
appropriate in this case, it
                                                      A-13
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                              Table A-8
                      HEALTH-BASED CRITERIA RELATED TO SURFACE  WATER
                                         HYPO-THETICAL  SITE
             Chemical
WQC for  Protection
 of Human Health—
Drinking  Water  and
Fish  Ingestion,  ppb
     Benzene
     DEHP
     Chloroform
     Copper
     Dichloroethenes
     1,2-DCE
     Iron
     Manganese
     Methylene  chloride
     PCE
     1, 1,1-TCA
     TCE
     Vinyl chloride

10,






18,


0
000
0
0
0
300
50
0
400
2
2
.66

.19
.033
.94


.8

.7

(C)
(S)
(C)
(C)
(C)
(S)
(S)
(C)
(C)
(C)
(C)
 WQC  for  Protection
       of Aquatic
   Organisms—Fresh
Water  Organisms,  ppb


       5300  (a)


        1240   (c)
          12   (c)
       11600   (a)
       20000   (c)
       1000  (c)
                                          840  (c)


                                        21900  (c)
    a =  Acute  effects
    c =  Chronic effects
    C =  Carcinogenic  effect  (lxlO~6 excess lifetime  cancer risk)
    S =  Systemic  toxic effect
would be critical to ensure that wells constructed in the
deeper aquifer would not enhance chemical movement from
the shallow to the deeper zone. This could be accomplished
by  enforcing  a requirement  that any  new  wells  be
constructed with a seal in the upper portion of the well.

Variation 4:  Complex Hydrogeology
If the shallow  aquifer had been  in a  low  permeability
formation, it is possible that ground-water extraction using
extraction wells would not have been feasible. Trenches,
French drains, or well points would have been considered to
extract ground water.  Alternatively, dewatering the shallow
aquifer and  using vapor  extraction  could  have been
considered.

If the site had been in karst terrain, data collection activities
would have been different than for other types of aquifers. A
dye tracer study to determine ground-water conduits in the
subsurface would have been considered.

Variation 5:  Inorganic Contaminants
If contaminants at the site had included metals, additional
treatment  options   would   have  been   considered.
Biodegradation or air-stripping probably would not have been
feasible,  and contaminant would  not have been acceptable
because of the development pressures at the site. The
                 remedial alternatives that would have been analyzed in the
                 detailed   analysis  would  have  involved  ground-water
                 extraction and treatment, possibly using ion-exchange or
                 precipitation.  Because metals are relatively immobile and
                 inhibit biodegradation, the restoration time frame would have
                 been longer. A technical feasibility waiver would be used, if
                 necessary, for residual contamination that  remains above
                 health-based  levels. Restrictions on well construction,  as
                 described in Variation 3, would be implemented for the area.
                 In addition, ground water downgradient from the plume and
                 upgradient from any active drinking water  wells would be
                 monitored  as a warning  system  to  prevent chemical
                 migration to the wells.

                 Variation 6: Reliable Institutional Controls
                 If institutional  controls such as requiring new well permits or
                 restricting  access  to the aquifer were more reliable, a
                 remedy relying on institutional controls such as natural
                 attenuation would still not be selected, because a feasible
                 and implementable remedy is available,  and the aquifer is a
                 potential drinking water source. However, if the ground water
                 discharged to nearby surface water  and the resulting
                 contaminant levels in the surface water were not statistically
                 significant, an ACL, as described in Section 4.5, would be
                 considered.
                                                  A-14
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                Appendix B

           Strategy for Addressing Ground-Water Contamination from Multiple Sources
                                        Involving Superfund Sites
The Office of Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR) has
developed a strategy for ways in which the Superfund program
can  address  ground-water  contamination  from multiple
sources  (National  Priorities List  (NPL)  sites  and  other
sources). The strategy presents an approach for determining
when an alternate water supply should be provided, what type
of source control and  ground-water response actions should
be taken, and implications  of this strategy  for listing and
deleting sites from the NPL.

The flexible approach presented  in this strategy is an initial
step toward the development of more detailed guidance as the
program gains experience with such situations.

Exhibit B-1  presents an example  of a multiple-source plume.

Superfund Remedial Strategy for
Ground-Water Contamination from
Multiple Sources

Purpose
This  strategy  presents  an approach   for   addressing
ground-water  contamination  at  sites  contaminated  from
multiple sources, including sources on the NPL. This strategy
is an initial step toward the development of more detailed
guidance as the Superfund  program gains experience with
such situations.

Background
The goal  of CERCLA and its related regulations, standards,
and criteria  is to protect human health and the environment.
The objectives of the Superfund program are  consistent with
this goal.

The Superfund program is now confronting numerous issues
and   problems  involving  NPL  sites  associated  with
ground-water contamination caused by multiple sources such
as the Biscayne Aquifer  and South Valley, New Mexico.
Current Superfund responses to multiple source ground-water
contamination problems would provide for cleanup and control
of
CERCLA priority releases only. Releases from sources not
addressed by CERCLA could continue to contaminate the
general area, making Superfund remedial action less effective.
To obtain an effective remedy for ground-water contamination
caused by multiple sources, the response actions must be
broader in scope and involve organizations and authorities
outside the Superfund program.

Given the potential magnitude of multiple source ground-water
contamination problems and the fact that Superfund resources
are finite, the Superfund program needs to adopt a strategy
that will set priorities and establish a sequence of remedial
and enforcement actions that will appropriately address these
problems. A fully effective response generally will involve the
Superfund program working with other  involved  parties  to
clearly  define   their  respective   remedial  roles   and
responsibilities.  This  recommended approach  should  be
consistent with other environmental laws.

Overview of Approach
This approach proposes that the Superfund program work
cooperatively with  other  responsible entities to achieve
comprehensive  remedies  at  multiple  source ground-water
contamination sites but accept primary responsibility  for
coordinating all involved parties during the source identification
phase of work.

The Superfund program should begin its coordinating effort
once   multiple  source  ground-water  contamination   is
suspected. The program should coordinate an initial scoping
plan for  source identification  that would  include limited
sampling. Locations of possible sources may be determined
through two surveys: (1)  a survey of contributors to and users
of the  affected  ground  water (termed  a  contributor/user
assessment) that will help identify the other parties that must
be involved in the formulation of an effective remedy; and (2) a
survey of potential sources such as solvent storage facilities
located at or upgradient of the area of contamination. Often,
a local agency  has the necessary resources to complete
these surveys, and the role of the
                                                     B-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
       Exhibit B-1.
A Multiple Source Plume in the Biscayne Aquifer
       The Biscayne aquifer, a highly permeable limestone and sandstone aquifer, is the sole underground source of drinking water for 3
       million residents of southeast Florida.

       Three Biscayne aquifer Superfund sites were identified in Dade County. Because the three sites affect the same general area of
       the aquifer, they are treated as one "management unit." The three sites include the Varsol Spill site, the Miami Drum site, and the 58th
       Street Landfill. Ongoing spills from other sources also contaminate the aquifer.

       During the preliminary assessment/site inspection, EPA took a lead role in coordinating response to the contamination problem because
       the Superfund sites were believed to be the primary contributors to  the ground-water contamination. An extensive study to
       characterize the affected area of the Biscayne aquifer has been completed.

       At the Varsol Spill site, it was determined that there  are no longer any traces of soil contamination at the site. Presumably,  the
       contaminants volatilized. A ROD  proposing no source control actions was signed  in 1985. At the Miami  Drum site, extensive
       contamination was found. Excavation and offsite disposal of contaminated soil was recommended as an operable unit in a ROD
       signed in 1982. An enforcement decision document for the northwest 58th Street landfill was completed in 1987 and proposed
       closure of the landfill and provision of an alternate water supply to residents near the site who use private wells.

       The ground-water remedy  proposed for the Biscayne Aquifer Superfund Site ROD that was signed in 1985 includes adding
       air-stripping to the existing water treatment systems and operating additional municipal wells to recover contaminated ground water
       and provide potable water.

       Other agencies that have been involved in the effort include:

               The State Department of Environmental Regulation
               The State Department of Health
               The Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease  Registry
               The Dade County Department of Environmental Resources Management
               Two adjacent counties

       These agencies formed a Technical Advisory Committee (TAG) that made decisions through consensus management. In addition to
       working on Superfund-related issues, the TAG also put together the Biscayne Aquifer Protection Plan, a 20-point  plan devised to
       prevent additional contamination of the aquifer. The provisions of this plan include such items as regulating land use, regulating
       storage tanks, adopting emergency spill provisions, recycling oil, and ground-water monitoring. Now that the studying and planning
       phases have been completed, the TAG meets less frequently.

       The Dade County Department of Environmental Resources Management is a well-established  organization  with considerable
       professional talent. It receives no Federal money for this effort. The State's role is relatively limited—the State's water management
       districts and development plans must be consistent with the Protection Plan.
Superfund program staff is to maintain coordinating and
support functions.

Superfund will  implement appropriate  remedial  actions
related to NPL sites once  an RI/FS is completed. At this
point, the Regional Administrator, in consultation with the
Assistant Administrator of the OSWER, should evaluate
the appropriateness of the Superfund program, retaining
primary  responsibility  for  coordinating  the  ground-water
response action for all sources. This  decision  may be
determined by factors such as the contribution of Superfund
sources  relative to other sources, as well as the availability
and willingness of other involved parties to initiate  action.

If  the  Superfund  program  does  not  take the   lead
responsibility, the program will work in cooperation with
other involved parties to formulate and implement
                                   an effective solution to the multiple source  ground-water
                                   problem.   If  the   Superfund   program  retains  lead
                                   responsibility, it will work with the other involved parties to
                                   develop a  multiple source ground-water response  plan,
                                   which would include written commitments from each party
                                   to take specific remedial actions that, when combined,
                                   would result in  an effective remedy for the entire ground-
                                   water contamination problem. An appropriate community
                                   relations  program will   be  conducted   throughout  this
                                   process.

                                   Challenges    Associated   with   Ground-Water
                                   Contamination Caused  by Multiple Sources
                                   If ground-water  contamination  has occurred because  of
                                   multiple  sources,  remedial  decisions  become   more
                                   complex. Some of the many technical, administrative, and
                                   financial considerations that may result when
                                                           B-2
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
multiple source ground-water  contamination exists are as
follows:

    !    Greater technical difficulty of remedial action may
        result from  complex   mixtures  of  hazardous
        constituents.

    !    The  effectiveness  of institutional controls  may
        decrease because of multiple land  owners.

    !    Applicability and responsibility of other statutory and
        regulatory authorities may be increased.

Table  B-1  lists the types of sources that  may potentially
contaminate ground water but  may not be CERCLA-priority
releases.

Table B-1.   Potential Sources of Multiple Source Ground-Water
           Contamination
 1.   Major Point Sources

      !    Abandoned hazardous waste land disposal units
      !    Industrial NPDES facilities
      !    Municipal NPDES facilities
      !    Land-spreading of municipal sludge
      !    Non-regulated holding ponds for industrial waste
          (including mine tailings)
      !    Air pollution (smelter operations, etc.)
      !    RCRA-permitted TSD facilities
      !    Federal Facilities
      !    State-lead sites that have been deferred from
          listing on the NPL because of state action
      !    Abandoned dry wells

 2.   Non-Point Sources

      !    Agricultural runoff (infiltration)
      !    Urban runoff (infiltration)
      !    Air Pollution (acid rain)
      !    Irrigation return

 3.   Multiple Point Sources
          Underground storage tanks
          Fuel spills
          Commercial establishments (e.g., laundries)
          Septic tanks
          Sewer exfiltration
Listing Sites and Determining Response Approach
A specific preliminary  assessment/site investigation (PA/SI)
work plan may be expanded when ground-water contamination
is  found  in significant amounts in wells upgradient of the
source being investigated. The  detection of contaminants in
the upgradient wells suggests multiple source ground-water
contamination.

The Superfund program should be responsible for coordinating
the expanded PA/SI  activities.  This leadership role would
entail assigning responsibility for obtaining data.

To identify sources of contamination  and to list potential
sources as priorities for undertaking enforcement activities,
it may be  necessary to  consider the contribution of the
source to the overall ground-water contamination problem as
well as the planned sequence of remedial actions. A list of
potential sources should be assembled on the basis of site-
specific information.  Such information could  include the
volume of chemicals used by each potential source and the
locations of the sources relative to the site. Once the list of
potential sources has  been assembled and it has  been
determined which sources are  most likely to have affected
ground water, a limited  sampling program can be instituted.
Sampling  programs for the source identification may  be
coordinated by the Superfund office.

It is important that sampling programs conducted by or under
the direction of agencies other than EPA also follow a valid
QA/QC plan. Quality-assured data can be used to prove
liability for ground-water remedial actions. Even cooperative
potentially  responsible  parties  (PRPs) should  follow strict
QA/QC procedures  to ensure  reproducible  results and
because their data are  open to  challenge from other PRPs
when the plume is from multiple sources.

After potential  sources  have been identified, activities may
include, but are not limited to, identifying the following:

    !   Targets for PA/SI work

    !   Areas   for NPDES  compliance  inspections and
        possible permit tightening

    !   Areas  for intensified RCRA inspection

    !   Areas  for Toxic Substances Control Act inspection

    !   Areas  in which  State environmental programs should
        be examining  permits, inspecting for compliance
        with their regulations, and  upgrading permits, where
        needed

    !   Areas   in  which  the  State  and   local   health
        departments should be inspecting  for compliance
        with their regulations
                                                                i
        Local inspections by county and city organizations
        to ensure compliance of and adequate coverage by
        their regulations
Source identification efforts should be scheduled before the
RI/FS is begun for any interim actions or operable units. To
the extent possible, PRP-lead RI/FSs and removals should
be used. Before the ROD is signed for the first operable unit,
it is important that the enforcement case be developed.
                                                       B-3
  Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
This is particularly important if the cost of the operable unit is
high.

Priorities for  enforcement  activities that pertain to multiple
sources should be based on the severity of release from each
source. If more than one source is on the NPL, the program may
consider combining the RI/FSs for these sites, if appropriate.

Another possible approach  for the investigation phase, which
has been used in some of the regions, is to require investigation
under RCRA authority as specified in  Section 3013 of RCRA.
Under this authority,  EPA can order the owner/operator of a
facility at which hazardous waste is or has been treated, stored,
or disposed,  to perform  monitoring,  testing,  or  analyses
necessary to  determine  the nature and  extent of a  potential
hazard at the site to human  health and the environment. Also,
if contaminated ground water discharges to a navigable stream,
using the  enforcement authority under the CWA should be
considered.

Major  Remedial  Options  for Sites  Associated  With
Contaminated Ground Water
Three types of remedial actions are considered at sites with
ground-water contamination  from a single source:

    !   Provision of alternate water supplies (including wellhead
        treatment)

    !   Source control measures

    !   Ground-water remedies
These three types of actions may involve similar components.
The first decision at a site will be whether to provide an alternate
water supply.  Ideally,  the  source control  remedy and the
ground-water remedy decisions should be made simultaneously
to obtain the most cost-effective remedy for the site. It may not
be possible, however, to make these decisions together at sites
in  which  multiple  sources  contribute   to  ground-water
contamination.

Alternate Water Supply
Public health is endangered  when contaminants in drinking
water supplies exceed health-based  limits.  Public  health
protection can be ensured  with the provision of an alternate
water supply that could include a wide range of actions, such as
wellhead treatment, well relocation,  selective use of wells,
connection to an existing system or surface water source, and
so forth.

An  alternate  water supply  will  be provided with  Superfund
resources if an NPL site is found to be a significant contributor
to the contaminated drinking water source. The NPL site might
be  considered  a  significant  contributor  if  the  type of
contaminants from the site are detected at a receptor point.
Specific trigger levels and a methodology for determining
whether a potential drinking water threat exists have been
developed by the Superfund program (U.S.  EPA,  1987f,
1987J).

In addition, Superfund resources will be used to provide an
alternate water supply if the need to alleviate the public
health threat posed  by contaminated  drinking  water
outweighs the need to identify and quantify all contributing
sources.

Source Control
Actions taken  to minimize or  prevent  the  spread of
contaminants from the source  are termed source control
actions. These types of actions  include source removal, in
situ treatment, and containment. In general, the Superfund
program seeks to prevent or minimize  all source releases to
protect public health and the environment.

It is preferred that the Superfund program make a remedial
decision for an NPL site that concurrently addresses source
control and ground  water. However, the length  of time
required to formulate  a  final ground-water remedy for all
sources  by  obtaining  written   commitments  from other
involved parties (possibly through lengthy negotiations) and
for developing a multiple-source ground-water response plan
may require that an interim source-control measure or an
operable unit for an NPL site be implemented. This interim
remedy would  be designed to minimize further source
migration while a multiple source response plan is being
developed.

The final source-control decision could be delayed until the
ground-water remedy  is selected. The advantage of this
recommended  approach  is  that source  migration  is
temporarily minimized until the final ground-water decision is
made. Thus,  Superfund resources generally would not be
used  for more permanent source  control remedies unless
such actions are necessary and  effective. The disadvantage
of this approach is that a more permanent remedy may be
more difficult to implement (retrofit) if an interim measure has
already been  implemented. This factor must be evaluated to
determine whether an interim source-control measure should
be implemented.

Ground-Water Remedies
When ground-water  contamination is caused by multiple
sources, the  amount of resources Superfund is willing to
commit to the ground-water remedy will be derived in large
part from the  extent to which contamination from NPL sites
contributes to the total ground-water problem. This is often
difficult to determine and may  have to  be estimated or
negotiated. The willingness and capability of the other
                                                      B-4
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
involved parties to take actions to address contamination for
which they are responsible may also be a factor in determining
resource allocation.

Schedule
The  following  factors should be  balanced  when  scheduling
operable units at multiple source ground-water contamination
sites:

    !   Remedial action priorities (see Chapter 3)

    !   Enforcement priorities

        -  Timing  of field  investigations  to  develop  the
           enforcement case

        -  Additional data needs for enforcement

        -  Timing of operable units

        -  Relative costs of the operable units

Remedial action priorities take precedence over enforcement
priorities.  However,  enforcement  actions can  improve  the
timeliness and extent of overall site remediation.

The  following  remedial  action  activities should support  the
enforcement function to the extent practicable:

    !   Setting schedules for operable units

    !   Collecting data for remedial action evaluation or design

    !   Identifying sources

As  mentioned  previously,  a  multiple-source ground-water
response plan should be developed to define the appropriate
ground-water  remedy. This  plan  would also detail  specific
actions  to be taken by each party.  If participation by other
entities  is essential  to effective ground-water remediation,  the
Superfund program will not implement its portion of the selected
remedy  unless the other entities commit to implementing their
own  remedial actions. Superfund enforcement authority should
be considered when cooperation is not voluntary. The elements
of a multiple-source  ground-water response plan include:

    !   Summary and analysis of contributor/user assessment
        (performed in part for the source-control decision)
 !   Goals for ground water (use, value)

 !   Available restrictions on ground-water uses:

-   Ban on new drinking water wells unless adequate
    pretreatment is provided

-   Closure   of  existing  wells  unless   adequate
    pretreatment is provided or notices are posted

-   Restriction   of   industrial/agricultural   uses,   as
    necessary

 !   Control plan for existing regulated sources:

-   RCRA facilities

-   NPDES industrial discharges

-   Small businesses

-   Non-point  and  multiple   point  sources,   e.g.,
    underground  storage tanks,  small  commercial
    enterprises, septic tanks, agricultural runoff

 !   Control Strategy for all other sources contributing to
    areawide ground-water contamination:

-   NPL-Enforcement- and Fund-lead

-   Industrial discharges

-   Small businesses

-   Non-point sources

 !   Definition  of  roles  and  responsibilities,  and  a
    schedule for action by:

-   Individual parties

-   Federal, State, and local authorities

 !   Written commitment  to take designated remedial
    action by all involved parties
                                                       B-5
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                 Appendix C
                                      Documenting an Interim Action
The ROD justifying an interim action is less detailed than a
ROD for a final remedial action. In particular, fewer alternatives
are considered because, in most cases, the decision that a
particular scope of the interim action would be beneficial is
based  on  best professional judgment. The five statutory
findings discussed in Section 2.2 must be made; however, the
discussions  should be limited to the scope of the interim
action itself.  For example, an interim pump and treat system
might be instituted to limit contaminant migration, even though
health-based levels in the  ground water will not be met.
Institutional controls to prevent consumption of such ground
water should accompany the interim action. In addition, the
nine criteria should be evaluated to compare a limited number
of alternatives. The  ROD  should  contain  the following
sections:

       A statement of the problem

       The  objectives of the remedy

       The   alternatives  briefly evaluated using the nine
        criteria and the reasons for selecting the alternative of
        choice

        Statutory findings

       A responsiveness summary

Statement of the  Problem
This  section  of   the  ROD describes  the  reason  for
implementing an  interim  action.  If  an  interim  action  is
implemented to reduce plume migration, characteristics of the
plume are described. If an interim action is implemented to
reduce exposure, the affected population is identified, and the
concentrations of the contaminants of concern are listed.

Objectives of the Remedy
This  section states how an interim action responds to the
problem. It also describes the relationship between the interim
action and final remediation.
Alternatives Evaluated and Rationale for Selecting the
Interim Action
A limited number of alternatives is described and evaluated on
the basis of their ability to meet the objectives of the interim
action. The selected interim action is justified following a brief
discussion of the nine evaluation criteria (presented in Chapter
6) and the benefits of taking the action. (See Table A-2 in the
case study for an example of this evaluation.) In addition, the
following points should be made:

       The interim action  is necessary or appropriate  to
       stabilize the site, control the source, prevent further
       degradation,   prevent  exposure,  or   otherwise
       significantly reduce threats to human health and the
       environment.

       The interim  action  will  not exacerbate  the site
       problem.

       The interim action is consistent with the final remedy.

       There   is  a  commitment  to  evaluate additional
       information  and select a final remedy  within  a
       specified time frame.

Statutory Findings
The five statutory findings presented below are evaluated with
respect to the proposed action, and a demonstration of their
consistency within the scope and goals of the overall remedy
is presented. In some instances, however, such as  when an
alternate  water  supply  is  provided,  some   statutory
requirements (such as  reduction  of mobility,  toxicity,   or
volume) may not be pertinent to the scope of the action. The
five statutory findings include:

    • Protection of human health and the environment-The
       remedy is shown to  be protective in relation to the
       stated goals of the action. Human health and the
       environment   must  be   protected   during
       implementation, and the remedy must mitigate  or
       fully control risks for
                                                       C-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
      the site problem that is addressed by the action. For
      example, an  alternate water supply must  prevent
      exposure to ground-water contamination, but it need
      not address other threats from the site; an interim
      action that contains the  plume need not remediate
      ground water. As appropriate, interim actions can be
      justified by the need to take rapid action. Short-term
      effects from  residual  contamination  or  effluent
      disposal are also addressed.

      Attainment  of /AR/ARs-Action-specific ARARs that
      pertain to the interim action technology are identified,
      and it is shown that ARARs related to the treatment
      and disposal of effluent, for example, are met. ARARs
      pertaining to the storage of hazardous waste may be
      waived using the interim remedy waiver, which is
      described in  Chapter 6. Other  ARARs relating to
      short-term effectiveness  and protectiveness of the
      remedy,  however,  generally  cannot  be  waived.
      Cleanup  levels  for the  site  typically  are   not
      established since interim actions are not final. Thus,
      an interim ground-water action  need not  achieve
      chemical-specific ARARs in ground water.

      Cost-effectiveness -Capital, O&M, and present-worth
      costs are presented. In addition, it is shown that the
      costs of the
       interim action are proportional to the effectiveness of
       the action.

       Use  of  alternative  technologies and permanent
       solutions  to the maximum extent pracf/caJb/e-This
       finding is discussed in the context of the overall site
       management strategy  as well  as for the  interim
       remedy itself. The reason for implementing an interim
       action is presented,  along with  a showing that the
       interim action is consistent with the final remedy. The
       need for quick action becomes  a  factor  when
       determining if a treatment technology is practicable.

       Reduction  of mobility,  toxicity,  or  volume-Interim
       actions designed to  address hot spots or prevent
       plume migration through treatment meet this criterion,
       while those that reduce exposure to contaminants
       generally  do not.  For example, pump and  treat
       actions  reduce  the  volume   of  contaminated
       groundwater, while alternate water supplies do not
       reduce mobility, toxicity, or volume.

Responsiveness Summary
The responsiveness summary of the ROD summarizes the
problem  and  its  mitigation  and  provides responses  to
comments received from interested parties. A summary of the
statutory  requirements and how they are met is also included.
                                                     C-2
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                 Appendix D
                                      Basic Ground-Water Equations
This appendix presents two models that can  be used to
estimate the time required to restore the water and soil in a
contaminated aquifer to the desired cleanup level for a given
chemical. The first model, the batch flushing model, is based
on a series  of consecutive discrete  flushing  periods. Each
flushing period consists of enough clean water, introduced at
a known rate, to fill the  pore space  in a given volume of
aquifer. Values of contaminant concentration for both soil and
water are calculated  following  each flushing period.  The
second model, the continuous flushing model, enables values
of concentration  to be  calculated  at  any  arbitrary time
increment, regardless of the volume of water flushed through
the aquifer.

Batch Flushing Model

The soil contaminant concentration for any flush, i,  can be
calculated from the following equation:
            Cs(i) =
                                    (1)
where:
    Cs(i)
    n

    pb
the soil total volatile organics (TVO)
concentration after i flushes, mg/kg

the concentration of TVO in the water in
equilibrium with the soil, mg/l

the porosity of the soil

the bulk density of the soil, mg/l
Once the soil TVO concentration  is calculated, the TVO
concentration  in the  ground water  is calculated  by the
following formula:
                               Cs,..
                                                   (2)
where:
           =   distribution coefficient
Once equation (2) is evaluated, the value for Cw(i) can be
entered into equation (1)  as Cw(M)  to  calculate the soil
concentration after the next flush. This is repeated until the
soil and ground water reach the desired concentrations. The
time required for each aquifer flush is obtained by dividing the
control volume by the pumping rate, and the number of flushes
can then be converted into the time required for restoration. It
should be noted that soil and ground-water concentrations are
related and cannot be independently set because the model
assumed equilibrium concentrations for both  phases.

Several assumptions are inherent in the use of this model:

    !   The total mass of  contamination  is in  chemical
        equilibrium  between the solid (soil)  and  the liquid
        (ground-water) phase.

    !   The use of Kd implies that the adsorption/desorption
        isotherm  is linear.  Equation  (2), however,  can be
        replaced by any nonlinear isotherm function as long
        as  the chemical  equilibrium assumption  is not
        violated.

    !   The concentration  of the contaminant in the water
        used to flush the aquifer is less than or equal to the
        desired   cleanup   level,   and   regardless  of
        concentration, this level remains constant during the
        entire flushing process.

    !   No other chemical  reactions occur that interfere with
        the adsorption/desorption process.

For the particular case described in  Figure D-1, calculations
based  on this model yield a value of 27 years for aquifer
restoration to a level of 80  ppb TVO. Note, the solution plots
as a straight line because Equation  (2) is linear.

Continuous Flushing Model

In this model, ground water is continuously pumped out of the
control volume into the treatment system,  and the treated
water is continuously recharged  to the control volume.  This
process acts to dilute the ground water. The pumping flow rate
multiplied by the  concentration of the contaminants in the
ground water will yield the mass of VOCs pumped out in a
given time interval.  The mass of VOCs leaching into the
ground water from the soil is a function of the
                                                      D-1
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
leaching rate constant developed from the leaching column
study. The time increment, t, was arbitrarily set at 1 day. The
model recalculates a new soil and ground-water contaminant
concentration for every day of pumping. The equations for the
model can be written as follows:
Ground-water VOC  =
mass at time t
Ground-water VOC
mass at time(t-1)
 - Mass of VOCs pumped out
+ Mass of VOCs leached
  into ground water from soil
                                            1000,000

                                       VOC in  1-000
                                    Ground-Water
                                                 100
                                                     (3)
                                                                                               80 ppb in 27 years
     0    10     20    30    40    50    60
                 Number of Flushes
     0    6.3   12.5    18.8  25.0 31.3   37.5
                   Years
                                                           Figure D-1.  Prediction of Ground-Water Restoration
                                                                      Time Frame Using the Batch Flushing Model
                                      Mw
                                         (t)
                             (5)
 Best fit curve from data is
 C/Co = exp (-0.0872 x PV)
 where:
 C = concentration of soil contaminants
 Co = initial concentration of soil contaminants
 PV = pore volumes of water flushed through soil column
vDynamic Leaching Rate Constant = 0.0872 1 /PV
where:

    Mw(t)    =   mass of VOC in ground water at t, kg

    Mw(H)   =   mass of VOC in ground water at the
                previous day, t-1, obtained from the previous
                day's calculation, kg

    Q       =   ground-water pumping rate, 1/day

    Cw(f>     =   concentration of VOCs in ground water, kg/I

    T       =   time period of one iteration, which is set
                to 1 day

    Ml(tt.1}  =   mass of VOCs that leach out from the soil
                and  into the ground  water from  the time
                interval  from (t-1) to (t), calculated from a
                first-order decay equation using the dynamic
                leaching rate constant derived from the
                laboratory data shown in Figure D-2, kg

    V       =   control volume of aquifer, D-2

By using this model, a prediction of 9 years for the restoration
time frame for the site was obtained, as seen in Figure D-3.
                                                5     10    15    20    25
                                                Pore Volumes of Flushing Water
                               30
                                      Figure D-2.
  Results  of Leaching Column  Study  for
  Determination  of  the  Dynamic Leaching
  Rate Constant
                                            1000,000 -T	
                                        VOC in 10,000
                                     Ground-Water
                                               1,000
                                                100
                                                                        80 ppb in 9 years
                                    Figure D-3.
                                                                  8   10 12  14 16  18  20
                                                                   Years
Prediction   of    Ground-Water
Restoration  Time Frame Using the Continuous
Flushing Model
                                                       D-2
 Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                      Appendix E


        Tables of U.S. EPA Water Standards, Criteria, and Guidelines for Establishing
                             Ground- Water Cleanup Levels
                                          E-1

Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy

-------
                                                                                     Table E-l
                                               U.S.  EPA DRINKING WATER STANDARDS, CRITERIA, AND GUIDELINES FOR PROTECTION OF HUMAN HEALTH
                                                                All values presented  in this table must  be confirmed
                                                                                As of August 1,  1988

                                                                                       (ug/1)
                                                                                                       Hater Quality Criteria for Protection of Hunan Health(g)
Practical
Quanti-
fication

Chemical
Acenaphthene
Acenaphthylene
Acetone
Acraleln
Acrylanlde
Acrylonltrlle
Alachlor
Aldicarb
Aldrln
Aluulnua
Anthracene
Antimony, total
Arsenic, total
Asbestos
Barium, total
Benzene
Benzldlne
Berao (a) anthracene
Benzo(a)pyrene
Benzo(b) f luorsnthene
Benzo(k) f luoranthene
Benzo(g,h,l)perylene
Beryllium, total
alpha-BHC
beta-BHC
gamma-BHC (Llndane)
Bls-2-chloroethylether
Bis(2-ethylhexyl)
phthalate
Bromodichloromethane
Bronoform
2-Butanone (MEK)
Cadmium, total
Carbofuran
Carbon dlsulflde
Carbon tetrachloride
Chlorobenzene
Chlordane
Chloride
Chloroform
2-Chloronaphthalene
2-Chlorophenol
3-Chlorophenol
4-Chlorophenol
Chromium (total)
Chromium (hexavalent)
Chromium (trivalent)
Chrysene
Color
Copper, total
Corrosivity
Cyanide
Limits
(a)
10
10
100
5
-
5
-
-
0.05
-
10
30
10
-
20
2
-
10
10
10
10
10
2
0.05
0.05
0.05
10

10
1
2
10
1
-
5
1
2
0.1
-
0.5
10
5
-
-
10
-
-
10
-
60
-
40
MCI MCLG
(b) (c)
-
-
— —
_
-*
-
-* -
-* -
-
sot
-
-
50*
-* -
1000*
5 0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
4*
-

-
100(1)
100(1)
-
10*
-*
-
5* 0
lot
-*
250,000t
100 (i)
-
-
-
-
50*
-
-
-
15 unitst -
l,000*t
noncorroslvet -
-
Proposed
MCLG (J)
_
-
—
-
0
-
0
9
-
-
-
-
50
7.0(10
1500
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.2
-

-
-
-
-
5
36
-
-
60
0
-
-
-
--
-
-
120
-
-
-
-
1300
-
-
Verified
Concentration
Risk Level
(e,f)
_
-
-
-
-
0.06
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
0.0002
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
-
0.03

SO
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.3
-
0.027
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
-
-
-
by IRIS
Concentration
at
RfD Level
(e.f)
_
-
3500
-
-
-
350
45.5
1.05
-
-
14
-
-
1750
-
-
-
-
-•
-
-
175
-
-
10.5
-

700
700
700
1,750
-
175
3,500.
24.5
-
1.75
-
350
-
-
-
-
-
175
35,000
-
—
-
-
700
                                                                                                     146
                                                                                                   21,000
                                                                                                     10
                                                                                                     488
                                                                                                     50
                                                                                                   179,000


                                                                                                    1,000

                                                                                                     200
                                                                                                               0.063
                                                                                                              0.0012
0.42

0.022

0.19
                                                                                                                         0.058
                                                                                                                                  0.000074
                                                                                                                          10
                                                                                                                          488
   4

0.00046

 0.19
           50
         170,000
           200
          3,433,000
                                                                                                                                                          0.65


                                                                                                                                                        0.000079
_
0.025
0.030(10
-
0.67
0.00015
j

3
'j

0.0039
0.013
0.023
0.017
-
_
-
146
-
.
1,000
_
-
-
-
_
-
-
-
„
.
-
-
15,000
0.19
-
0.0022
0.030 (k)
-
0.66
0.00012
1
j
J
3
j
0.0068
0.0092
0.0163
0.0186
0.03
_
-
45000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
50,000
15.7
-
0.0175
-
-
40
0.00053
1
j
1
i
1
0.117
0.031
0.0547
0.0625
1.36
_
-
 6.94

0.00048

 15.7
                                                        10
                                                                                                                                                                      1500
                                                        170
                                                         5
                                                        36
                                                                                                                                                                       300
                                                                                                                                                                       120
                                                        154
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                                                       E-2

-------
                                                                         Table E-l
                                                                         (Continued)
                                                                                         Hater Quality Criteria for Protection of toman IteaUhtg)


Chemical
ODD
DOE
DDT
2,4-D
DBCP
Dlbenxo (a ,h) anthrancene
Dlbutylphtnalate
1 ,2-Dlcnlorobenzene (o)
l,3-Dichlorobenzene(m)
l,4-Dlchlorobenzene(p)
1 ,2-Dlchloroethane
1 ,1-Dichloroethene
cls-l,2-Dlchloroethene
trans-1 , 2-Dichloroetbene
Dlchloromethane
1 ,2-Dlchloropropane
Dlchloropropene
Dleldrln
Dlethyl ph thai ate
Dimethyl ph thai ate
3-3 ' -Dlchlorobenzidln*
2 ,3-Dlchlorophenol
2 ,4-Dichlorophenol
2 , 5-Dlch lorophenol
2 ,6-Dlchlorophenol
3 ,4-Dlchlorophenol
2 ,4-Dlnethylphenol
2 ,4-Dlnltrotoluene
Dioxane
1 ,2-Dlphenylhydrazlne
Endosulfan
Endosulfan sulfate
Endrln
Epichlorohydrin
Ethylbenzene
Ethylenedlbromlde
Ethyleneglycol
Fluoranthene
Fluorene
Fluoride
Foaming agents
Halomethanes
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorobutadlene
Hexachlorocyclopentadlene
Hexachloroethane
Hexane
Indenotl,2,3-cd)pyrene
Iron, total
Isophorone
Lead, total
Mangen«se, total
Mercury (alkyl)
Mercury (Inorganic)
Bethoxychlor
Practical
Quanti-
fication
Limits
(a)
0.1
0.05
0.1
10
5
10
2
2
5
2
0.5
1
..
1
5
0.5
5
0.5
5
5
20
-
5
-
10
-
5
0.2
150

0.1
0.5
0.1
2
5
-
10
10
-
-
1
0.05
1
0.5
5
5
0.5
-
10
—
10
10
-
2
-
2

MO,
(b)
.
-
-
100*
-
-
-
-*/10t
-/5t
75/5t
5
7
-*
.*
.
-*
—
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
-
-.
-
0.2
-.*
-*/30t
-*
-
-
-
2,000t
soot
0.10
_*
_*
-
-
-
-
-
300t
-
50
50t
-
2*
100*

HOG
(c)
_
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
75
0
7
.
-
.
-
—
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
-
—
.
-
.
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
-
.
-
-
-
-
—
-
-
-
-
-
-

Proposed
MCLG(d)
_
-
-
70
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
70
70
-
6
—
»
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
—

-
..
-
0
680
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
20
-
-
3
340
Verified
Concentration
at 10 °
Risk Level
(e,f)
_
-
-
0.01
-
-
-
—
-
-
0.4
0.06
-
-
5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
0.05
—
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.008
0.004
0.5
-
3
-
-
—
-
—
-
-
-
-
•m Must Be
by IRIS
Concentration
at
RfD Level
(e,f)
.
-
17.5
350
-
-
3,500
-
-
-
-
315
-
-
2,100
-
10.5
-
28,000
-
-
-
105
-
-
-
-
-
—
-
1.75
-
-
70
3,500
-
70,000
-
-
-
-
—
17.5
0.455
70
245
35
-
-
-
-
—
-
-
-
-
Ingestlon of
Drinking Water
Only
Threshold
Toxlcity
Protection
_
-
-
-
-
-
44,000
470
470
470
-
-
-
-
-
-
87
-
-
350,000
-
-
3,090
-
-
-
-
-
—
-
138
-
1
2,400
-
-
188
-
-
-
-
-
-
206
-
-
-
-
5,200
5O
-
-
10
—
ID'6
Cancer
Risk
,.
-
0.0012
-
-
j

—
-
-
-
0.033
-
-
0.19
-
—
0.0011
-1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.11
-
0.046
-
-
-
.
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.19
0.011
0.021
0.45
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
-
—
-
—
Ingestlon of Drinking
Hater and Aquatic
Organisms
Threshold
Toxlcity
Protection
„
-
-
-
-
-
34,000
400
400
400
-
-
-
-
-
-
87
-
350,000
313,000
-
-
3,090
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
74
-
1
1,400
—
**
42
-
-
-
~
-
-
206
1.9
-
-
-
5,200
50
50
**
0.144
100
10-«
Cancer
Risk
..
-
0.000024
100
-
J

-
-
-
0.94
0.033
-
-
0.19
-
-
0.000071
-
-
0.01
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.11
-
0.042
-
-
-
:
~
~
-
-
-
*
0.19
0.00028
0.00028
0.00072
0.45
-
••
~
-
~
—
*"
•*
•*
••
"
Ingestlon of
Aquatic Organ is«a
Only
Threshold
Toxlcity
Protection
_
-
-
-
-
-
154,000
2,600
2,600
2,600
-
-
-
-
-
-
14,000
-
1,800,000
2,900,000
-
-
3,090
-
-
-
~
-
—
-
159
-
-
3,280
••
-
54
-
-
-
"
':
-
14,800
*"
-
~
™"
520,000
-
100
—
0.146

ODH
Health
, Advisory (h)
10~° Lifetime
Cancer
Risk
_
-
0.000024
-
-
j
-
-
-
-
243
1.85
-
-
15.7
-
-
0.000076
'-
-
0.02
-
-
-
-
-
—
9.1
-
0.56
-
-
-
-
"
**
~
~
-
-
15.7
0.00029
0.00029
0.00074
50
•*
8.74
*"
•*
""
•"

**
~
"

70 kg
Adult
_
-
-
70
-
-
-
620
620
75
-
7
70
70
-
-
-
-
-
-:
-
-
-
—
-
~
—
-
~
-
™
-
0.32
680
"
7000
•*
"*
—
~
""
_
~
"

"*
"

*"


17
. i
340

Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                                           E-3

-------
                                                                                      Table E-l
                                                                                      (Continued)
                                                                                                         Hater Quality Criteria for .Protection.of Human Health(g)
2-Methy1-4-chlorophenol
3-Methy1-4-chlorophenol
3-Met!tyl-6-chloropoenol
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)
4-Methylphenol
Nlcfcel, total
Nitrate-N
Nltrite-N
Nitric oxide
Nitrobenzene
n-Nitrosodliwthylauioe
n-Nitrosodiethylanine
n-Nitrosodi-n-butylanine
n-Nitrosopyrrolidine
n-Nltrosodlpbenylaaine
Odor
OxaBic acid
PCB's
PAHs
Pentacblorobenzene
Pentachlorophenol
PH
Pbenanthrene
Phenol
Pyrene
Radiuo-226 and 228
Selenium, total
Silver, total
Styrene
Sulfate
2,3,7,8-TCDO
Tetrachloroetbene
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol
Thalliua, total
Toluene
Total dissolved solids
Toxaphene
2,4,5-TP
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
Trlchloroethene
2,4,5-Trichloropbenol
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
Vanadium
Vinyl chloride
Xylene
Zinc, total
5
10
50
-
-
10
10
10
10
10
10

50
10
5
-
10
1
10

20
70
1
-
0.005
0.5
0.5
10
10
2
-
2
2
10
5
0.2
1
10
5
40
2
5
20
-
*
-
10,000
-
.
-
-
-
-
~
3 unitst
-*
..
-*/30i
6.5-8.5
-
-
..
5(n)tt
10*
50*/90t
lOt
250,000t
-
-*
-
-
«
-*/40t
500,000t
5*
-*
-
200
-
5
-
-
-
2
-*/20t
5,000
-
-
-
10,00
1,00
-
-
-
-
-
•
-
-
_
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
«
-
-
-
-
-
-
~
.
-
-
-
-"
200
-
0
-
-
-
0
-•
-
             0.006
             0.02
               7
  0


 220
 45

 140
2,000

  0
             0.175
              0.6
               3
             1.75

             0.015
                              1,750

                               700
                             35,000
                              3,SCO
                              3,500
                              17.5
 440
  28
 1,050
                              1,400
  105
 7,000
  350

 1,050

10,500
  700
 3,150
 7,000

 3,500

315(1)

  350
 7,350
Ingest ion
of
Drinking Hater
Only
Threshold
Ingestlon ot DrinXing
Hater and
Aquatic
Organisms
ID'6
Toxlcity Cancer
Protection
15.4
-
-
19,800
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
.
1,010
3,500
10
50

_
_
-
-
17.8
15,000
_
-
19,000

-
_
-
..
RisK
. -
-
-
-
0.0014
0.0008
0.0064
0.016
7.0
0.013
0.0031
_
_
-
—
~
-
1.8e-7
0.88
0.17
-
_
-
0.026

_
0.60
2.8
-
1.8
2
Threshold
Toxlcity
Protection
13.4
-
-
19,800
—
-
-
-
;
:
-
74
1,010
3,500
10
50
-
_
_
-
-
13
14,300
..
-
18,400
-
-
2,600
-
_
ID"6
Cancer
RlsX
-
-
-
_
0.0014
0.0008
0.0064
0.016
4.9
0.000079
0.0028
-
-
-
_
-
-
1.3e-8
0.80
0.17
1
-
-
0.00071
10
.
0.6
2.7
-
1.2
2.0
Ingestion of
Aquatic
OrqaiUsns
Only
Threshold
Toxicity
Protection
100
-
-
.
-
-
-
-
w
—
-
85
_
-
I
-
-
_
-
-
-
48
424,000
-
-
1,030,000
-
-
-
-
-
lO'6
Cancer
Risk
-
-
-
-
16
1.2
0.587
91.9
16.1
0.000079
0.031
-
-
-
_
-
-
1.4e-8
8.85
10.7
-
-
-
0.00073
-
-
41.8
80.7
-
3.6
525
QDW
Health
Advisory(h)
Li£etl»e
70 Kg
Adult
150
10,000
1,000
_
—
-
-
-
_
_
-
-
220
:
_
-
140
_
10
-
-
-
2,420
-
52
2OO
-
-
-
—
-
                                            5,000
Word-searchable  Version - Not a true copy
                                                                                        E-4

-------
                                                                                              Table E-l
                                                                                              (Continued)
a.   Source:  52  FR 25947. Practical quantification limits presented are for standard analytical  methods.  It way be appropriate to use different  analytical methods to achieve lower quantification
     limits  in some cases.
b.   40 CFR  141  and 143.
c.   40 CFR  141.50.
d.   50 FR 46936; November 13, 1985.
e.   Integrated  Risk Information System database.
f.   Assuming drinking water ingestion of 2 liter/dary and body weight of 70 kq.
g.   45 FR 79318-79379; November 28, 1980.
h.   U.S.  EPA, He^^^^^^LSp^^s, March 1987.
i.   Based on the standard for Total tribalomethanes  of 100 ug/1.
j .   Based an criteria for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons  (PAHs).
k.   Million fibers/liter.
1.   For vanadium pentoxide.
m.   See also U.S. EPA "Comparisons of Office  of Drinking Water and Office of Water Regulations  and  Standards for 307 (A) Toxic Pollutants"  for updated volumes of priority pollutants.
*    MCL will be proposed in the Federal Register in  1988. MCLs will also be proposed for aldicarb sulfoxide, aldicarb sulfone, atrazine, and dibromochloropropane.
t    Secondary MCL.
tt   n = pCi/1.
       Word-searchable Version - Not a true copy                                  b - o

-------
                                                               Table ES2
                                    U.S. EPA WATER QUALITY CRITERIA FOR PROTECTION OF AQUATIC LIFE
                                                        As of September 2,  1986
                                                                 (ug/1)
                                                                         Concentration
    Acenapthene
    Acrolein
    Acrylonitrile
    Aldrin
    Alkalinity
    Ammonia
    Antimony
    Arsenic  (pentavalent)
    Arsenic  (trivalent)
    Bacteria
    Benzene
    Benzidine
    Beryllium
    BHC
    Cadmium
    Carbon tetrachloride
    Chlordane
    Chlorinated benzenes
    Chlorinated naphthalenes
    Chlorine
    Chloroalkyl ethers
    Chloroform
    2-Chlorophenol
    4-Chlorophenol
    4-Chloro-3-methyl phenol
    Chromium (hexavalent)
    Chromium (trivalent)
    Copper
    Cyanide
    DDT
Freshwater
Acute
Criteria
1,

7,



9,



5,
2,



35,


1,

238,
28,
4,



1,



700b
68b
550b
3.0
S
CRITERIA ARE
000b
850b
360
FOR PRIMARY
300b
500b
130b
100b
3.9a
200b
2.4
250b
600b
19
000b
900b
380b
S
30b
16
700=
18 =
22
1.1
Freshwater Marine
Chronic Acute
Criteria Criteria
520b
21b
2,600b
S
20,000
pH AND TEMPERATURE DEPENDENT
1, 600b
48b 2,
190
RECREATION AND SHELLFISH USES
S 5,
S
5.3b
S 0
l.la
S 50,
0.0043
50b
S
11
S
1,240"
2,000b
S 29,
S
970b
55b
S
1.3
S

S
319b
69

100b
S
S
.34b
43
000b
0.09
160b
S
13
S
S
S
700b
S
11 1,100
210= 10,
12 =
5.2
0.001
300b
2.9
1
0.13
Marine
Chronic
Criteria
710b
S
S
S
S

S
13b
36

700b
S
S
S
9.3
S
0.004
129b
7.5b S
7.5
S
S
S
S
S
50
S
2.9
1
0.001
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                                  E-6

-------
   DDE
   TDE
   Derneton
   Dichlorobenzenes
   1,2-Dichlorethane
   Dichloroethylenes
   2,4-Dichlorophenol
   Di chloropropane
   Dichloropropene
   Dieldrin
   2,4-Dimethyl phenol
   Dinitrotoluene
   2,3,7,8-TCDD
   1,2-Diphenylhydrazine
   Endosulfan
   Endrin
   Ethylbenzene
   Fluoranthene
   Guthion
   Haloethers
   Halomethanes
   Heptachlor
   Hexachloroethane
   Hexachlorobutadi ene
   Lindane
   Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
   Iron
   Isophorone
   Lead
   Malathion
   Mercury
Table E-2
(Continued)
Concentration
Freshwater
Acute
Criteria
l,050b
0.06b
S
l,120b
118,000b
ll,600b
2,020b
23,000b
6,060b
2.5
2,120b
330b
<0.01b
270b
0.22
0.18
32,000b
3,980b
S
360b
ll,000b
0.52
980b
90b
2.0
7b
S
117,000b
82a
S
2.4
Freshwater
Chronic
Criteria
S
S
0.1
763b
20,000b
S
365b
5,700b
244b
0.0019
S
230b
<0.00001b
S
0.056
0.0023
S
S
0.01
122b
S
0.0038
540b
9.3b
0.08
5.2b
1,000
S
3.2a
0.01
0.012
Marine
Acute
Criteria
14b
3.6b
S
l,970b
113,000b
224,000b
S
10,300b
790b
0.71
S
590b
S
S
0.034
0.037
430b
40b
S
S
12,000b
0.053
940b
32b
0.16
7b
S
12,900b
140
S
2.1
Marine
Chronic


Criteria
S
S
0.
S
S
S
S
3,040b
S
0.
S
370b
S
S
0.
0.
S
16b
0.
S
6,400b
0.
S
S
S
S
S
S
5.
0.
0.


1






0019




0087
0023


01


0036






6
01
025
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                                  E-7

-------
   Methoxychlor
   Mi rex
   Naphthalene
   Nickel
   Nitrobenzene
   Nitrophenols
   Nitrosamines
   Parathion
   PCBs
   Pentachlorinated ethanes
   Pentachlorophenol
   Phenol
   Phthalate esters
   Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons
   Selenium
   Silver
   Sulfide
   Tetrachlorinated ethanes
   1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
   Tetrachloroethanes
   Tetrachloroethylene
   2,3,5,6-Tetrachlorophenol
   Thallium
   Toluene
   Toxaphene
   Trichlorinated ethanes
   1,1,1-Trichloroethane
   1,1,2-Trichloroethane
   Trichloroethylene

Freshwater
Acute
Criteria
S
S
2,300b
1,80O
27,000b
230b
5,850b
S
2.0
7,240b
55b
10,200b
940b
S
260
4.1a
S
9,320b
S
9,320b
5,280b
S
l,400b
17,500b
1.6
18,000b
S
S
45,000b
Table E-2
(Continued)
Freshwater
Chronic
Criteria
0.03
0.001
620b
96a
S
150b
S
0.04
0.014
l,100b
3.2b
2,560b
3b
S
35
0.12
2
S
2,400b

840b
S
40b

0.013
S
S
9,400b
21,900b
Concentration
Marine
Acute
Criteria
S
S
2,350b
140
6, 680b
4,850b
3,300,000b
S
10
390b
53b
800
2,944
300b
410
2.3
S
S
9,020b

10,200b
S
2,130b
6,300b
0.07
S
31,200b
S
2,000b

Marine
Chronic
Criteria
0.03
0.001
S
7.1
S
S
S
0.04
0.03
281b
34b
S
3.4b
S
54
-
2
S
S

450b
440b
S
5,000b
S
S
S
S
S
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                                  E-8

-------
                                                               Table E-2
                                                              (Continued)
                                                                                Concentration
                                              Freshwater
                                                 Acute
                                               Criteria
          2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
          Zinc
Freshwater
  Chronic
 Criteria

    970b
     47
 Marine
  Acute
Criteria
 Marine
 Chronic
Criteria
                                                                                               170
                                                                                                                       58
          aHardness dependent criterion  (100 mg/1 used).
          blnsufficient data to develop  criteria. Value presented is the L.O.E.L.--lowest observed effect level.
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                                  E-9

-------
                                            Appendix F
                              Sample Letter to Obtain Property Access
  [date]
  PRP Name
  Street Address
  City 	
      Re:    	 Superfund Site

      Dear           :
     As  you may  know,  the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA) is conducting a Remedial
  Investigation/Feasibility Study in the [Site name]  area to determine both the sources and
  extent of [ground water/soil/air]  contamination. This contamination has  resulted from the
  improper disposal of [chemicals]  that pose a threat to the public health and the environment.

     The EPA  is  scheduling  [soil/soil  gas/air/ground water, etc.]  sampling activities  on
  properties in your area.  The sampling is designed to determine if contamination is present in
  [shallow soils/surface water/ground water/the air].  This sampling activity is scheduled to
  occur  sometime during the week(s)of  [date].  EPA's current plans call for [a type of sampling,
  e.g.,  soil borings; installing a ground water monitoring well for subseguent sampling; air
  sampling] to take place on your property at [address] on [day/week/during this time]   (or)  EPA
  will need to secure access to a portion of your property for approximately [weeks/months]  to
  complete construction of a [well/facility].

     Your  cooperation  is reguested in  giving EPA  representatives access to your property to
  complete this sampling/construction activity.  In order for us to plan successfully,  we would
  appreciate your signing this letter below and returning it in the envelope provided.  You may
  wish to keep a copy for your records. When the sampling program is completed the EPA will
  furnish you with the test results of samples taken on your property.


     The sampling will consist of  [specify  details of  activity]. The  [soil/soil gas/surface
  water/ground water/air]  sampling on your property should not take more than 	 [hours/days].
  Our work there may involve some disturbance of the [soil/pavement/vegetation/sprinkler systems]
  on you property [including drilling small holes/digging a temporary trench, etc.].  We will take
  care to restore your property to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the
  work. All holes will be filled and regraded.


  [Optional paragraphs 1-7 (may be used in follow-up letter)]:

     We  understand that you have some  concerns  about EPA  entering  your property and conducting
  the above activities. You may be concerned about:

      [1]    liability for damages, injuries, and  indemnification;
      [2]    danger to your health;
      [3]    the level and guality of restoration  to your property;
      [4]    split samples to be provided by EPA;
      [5]    the availability of test results for  the site;
      [6]    the legal conseguences of  denying access to EPA;
      [7]    special considerations that you have  reguested.

     The EPA  is  taking the above action because of its responsibility to respond to contaminated
  sites under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                F-1

-------
  Act  (Superfund),  42 U.S.C. Section 9601. If you have any questions, please call me at  (415)
  974-xxxx, or contact [name] of our Office of Regional Counsel at  (415) 974-xxxx. Thank you for
  your cooperation.

                                                         Sincerely,


                                                         [Name]
                                                         Remedial Project Manager
  Enclosure
  PLEASE SIGN BELOW AND RETURN THIS LETTER IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE

     My signature  below  acknowledges  that  I  have  read  this  letter  and  agree  that  EPA,  their
  representatives or contractors, may enter my property during the week of [date]  to conduct the
  activities specified above.
  Signature                                                               Date
  Address
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                F-2

-------
                                         OPTIONAL PARAGRAPHS


   [1]  I understand that you have expressed some concerns about indemnification for personal
  injury or property damage as a result of EPA conducting the above activities on your property.
  You should be aware that the EPA does not enter into indemnification agreements with
  landowners. However, EPA does have a written agreement with 	, our contractor,
  reguiring it to carry a comprehensive insurance policy to cover claims for personal injury,
  death, or property damage to third parties. In addition, should the claim exceed the policy
  limit, set at a minimum of [$(1,000,000)] per occurrence, the EPA has agreed to pay for any
  excess liability. If this does not provide adeguate compensation, the only direct remedy
  against the EPA is to file a claim under the Federal Tort Claims Act, 28 U.S.C. Sections
  2671-2680.

   [2]  I understand that you have expressed concern about this site presenting a health threat.
  At this time, EPA is not aware of any immediate health threat posed to you from this site. In
  addition, EPA has taken precautions to minimize any potential health threat to both the on-site
  workers and off-site residents during field activities. A Health and Safety Plan, a document
  available to the public, has been developed for this site to insure that adeguate monitoring is
  conducted to determine the level of protective clothing reguired for on-site workers and any
  potential exposures to off-site residents. You will be notified if contaminants are detected at
  the site boundaries above safe levels. The site will be secured to minimize exposure to non-EPA
  personnel. Therefore, EPA field activities are not expected to pose a health threat to any of
  the residents in your area.

   [3]  I understand that you have expressed concern regarding the level and guality of
  restoration of your property. During the course of EPA's field activities, there is the
  possibility that your property may be disturbed. EPA will restore your property in the event of
  this disruption. The restoration will be at the level of current construction practices and
  will attempt to remedy any disruption. Examples of this restoration will be to fill and patch
  any damaged concrete or asphalt and replant any landscaping. We would like to work with you
  during our activities to minimize any disturbance to your property.

   [4]  I understand that you have expressed concern regarding the samples obtained from your
  property. At your reguest, we will provide to you free of charge a portion of the
   [air/water/soil] sample in an appropriate container. If you wish to compare the results from
  your sample with EPA's results, you must follow the protocols listed in the [site name]
  Quality Assurance/Quality Control Plan, a document that can be made available to the public.
  These protocols include the specific type of laboratory testing and shipping procedures
  reguired. If you wish to obtain a sample, please notify me at least 48 hours before the field
  work begins.

   [5]  I understand that you have expressed concern regarding the availability of test results
  from the site. The results of tests from your property will be sent to you as a matter of
  course when these results have been received and verified by EPA. If you wish, you may obtain
  the sample results from tests conducted at other locations within the [site name] upon reguest.

   [6]  You should be aware that the Superfund law specifically gives EPA a right to access
  private property in Section 104 (e) (4) (A) . This section states that "any  officer,  employee,  or
  representative is authorized to inspect and obtain samples from any vessel, facility,
  establishment, or other place or property or from any location of any suspected hazardous
  substance or pollutant or contaminant." You may be subject to a civil penalty of up to $25,000
  for each day that you fail to grant access to the EPA.
Word-searchable Version — Not a true copy
                                                            • U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1989-648-163/87077
                                                F-3

-------